Home

VAMP 255/245/230

1. Autorecloser matrix N M l a Figure 8 9 3 1 Connection example of VAMP 230 The voltage measurement mode is set to ZLL U0 E VAN P 232 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description VAMP230_truck_appilication 3phase Blocking and output matrix Protection functions Autorecloser matrix Figure 8 9 8 2 Connection example of VAMP 280 without a broken delta voltage transformer The device is calculating the zero sequence voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to 3LN VA a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 233 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description VAMP230 Veonnection Blocking and output matrix Protection functions
2. Autorecloser matrix N oO a Figure 8 9 1 2 Connection example of VAMP 256 without a broken delta voltage transformer The device is calculating the zero sequence voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to 3LN Nasa tieenones era AWN 228 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description VAMP255 Veonnection Blocking and output matrix Protection functions Auto Reclose Autorecloser matrix N oO a a all Figure 8 9 1 3 Connection example of VAMP 255 with V connected voltage transformers The voltage measurement is set to 2LL Uo Directional earth fault stages are not available without the polarizing Uo voltage VA a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 229 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description VAMP255_motor application
3. Autorecloser N oO a Figure 8 9 8 8 Connection example of VAMP 280 with V connected voltage transformers The voltage measurement is set to 2LL Uo Directional earth fault stages are not available without the polarizing Uo voltage EE VA P 234 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 1 Connections e e e 9 1 1 Measuring circuitry Rated phase current 5 A configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A Current measuring range 0 250 A Thermal withstand 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s Burden lt 0 2 VA Rated residual current optional 5 A Configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A Current measuring range 0 50 A Thermal withstand 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s Burden lt 0 2 VA Rated residual current 1 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A Current measuring range 0 10 A Thermal withstand 4 A continuously 20 A for 10 s 100 A for 1 s Burden lt 0 1 VA Rated residual current optional 0 2 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A Current measuring range 0 2 A Thermal withstand 0 8 A continuously 4 A for 10 s 20 A for 1 s
4. No Symbol Description 1 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 21 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 3l 3 AO2 Analog output 2 positive connector 4 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 511 69 5 AO3 Analog output 3 positive connector 6 6 AO3 Analog output 3 negative connector 711 8 7 AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 9 s 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 1 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 134 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 O0 16 IFCOM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IFNC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 0 18 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector EE VAR ne VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 209 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Terminal X3 OoOo INI OD OA BR Ww NY No Symbol Description 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 DIL Digital input 1
5. output matrix Blocking and VAMP255_25_application Protection functions Autorecloser Figure 2 25 8 One synchrocheck stage needed with 1LL U LLy mode Nasa tieenones era AWN 82 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description ox CE oo Elo ah ala TIRARSE X es 4 g las 43 issia ia ls sa elah jefe xa 4 05 o a3 5 m z U Y 6 2 A H 4 HES gla Ega a 2 eaS g lez iag gigel leal falsi S 8 4 A a 3 2 2 O lt 15 2 g 8 o 2 e fo S lt Figure 2 25 4 One synchrocheck stage needed with 2LL LLy mode y application VAMP255 2LL LL EE VAN P VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 83 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 2 26
6. output matrix Blocking and Autorecloser N N kek kk Figure 8 9 1 4 Connection example of VAMP 255 as a motor protection device The voltage measurement mode is set to 2LL U gt Os A P 230 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 9 2 VAMP 245 VAMP245 truck application Blocking and output matrix Protection functions Autorecloser matrix N oO a Ei a Figure 8 9 2 1 Connection example of VAMP 246 E VA P VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 231 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 8 9 3 VAMP 230 VAMP230_fruck application Blocking and output matrix Protection functions
7. L2 B2 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L2 in brach 2 right side L3 B1 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L3 in brach 1 left side L3 B2 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L3 in brach 2 right side Locat s Changed unbalance current Io gt gt gt gt only after automatic compensation LocAng i Changed phase angle of the Io gt gt gt gt only unbalance current after automatic compensation 2 17 Capacitor overvoltage protection Uc gt 59C This protection stage calculates the voltages of a three phase Y connected capacitor bank using the measured currents of the capacitors No voltage measurements are needed Especially in filter applications there exist harmonics and depending of the phase angles the harmonics can increase the peak voltage This stage calculates the worst case overvoltage in per unit using equation 1 IEC 60871 1 Harmonics up to 15 are taken into account Equation 2 17 1 15 Can OEE U cin nal 11 UC Where Equation 2 17 2 Uc Amplitude of a pure fundamental frequency sine wave voltage which peak value is equal to the maximum possible peak value of the actual voltage including harmonics over a Y coupled capacitor Xc Reactance of the capacitor at the measured frequency Uctn Rated voltage of the capacitance C n Order number of harmonic n 1 for the base
8. relay compartment circuit breaker compartment RI rpp el Va 1 OPEN COIL Vaux CLOSE COIL Figure 7 5 1 1 Trip circuit supervision when the circuit breaker is closed The supervised circuitry 1n this CB position 1s double lined The digital Input is in active state For the application to work when the circuit breaker is opened a resistor R1 must be placed The value for it can be calculated from the external wetting supply so that the current over R1 is gt 1 mA ONLY VAMP 255 EEE VAP 192 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description VAMP 2xx relay trip circuit failure alarm Digital input 48 VL lt Trip relay Alarm relay for trip Delay circuit failure A snap in relay module K1 Phoenix Contact EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 Au Coil 96 127 V 24 kohm Contact material 5 mm Au AgPd 0 Width 17 5 mm Assembly DIN EN 50022 mounting rail relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close Non RI Vax 1 OPEN COIL i Vax CLOSE COIL Figure 7 5 1 2 Trip circuit supervision when the circuit breaker is closed The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digit
9. Burden lt 0 1 VA Rated voltage Un 100 V configurable for VT secondaries 50 120 V Voltage measuring range 0 160 V 100 V 110 V Continuous voltage withstand 250 V Burden lt 0 5V A Rated frequency fn 45 65 Hz Frequency measuring range 16 75 Hz Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Solid or stranded wire 4 mm 10 12 AWG 9 1 2 Auxiliary voltage Type A standard Type B option Rated voltage Uaux 40 265 V ac de 18 36 V de 110 120 220 240 V ac 24 V de 48 60 110 125 220 V de Power consumption lt 7 W normal conditions lt 15 W output relays activated Max permitted interruption time lt 50 ms 110 V do Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 235 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 9 1 3 Digital inputs Internal operating voltage Number of inputs 6 Internal operating voltage 48 V de Current drain when active max approx 20 mA Current drain average value lt 1lmA Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG External operating voltage Only VAMP 255 Number of inputs 12 external operating voltage 18V 265 V de Current drain approx 2mA Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix M
10. 20 kV overhead line 20 kV cable Secondary substation network Distribution transformer distribution transformer 230 400V 230 400V VAMP255_Sovelluskuva Figure 1 1 1 Application of the feeder and motor protection device EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 5 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 1 1 Main features e Fully digital signal handling with a powerful 16 bit microprocessor and high measuring accuracy on all the setting ranges due to an accurate 16 bit A D conversion technique e Wide setting ranges for the protection functions e g the earth fault protection can reach a sensitivity of 0 5 e Integrated fault location for short circuit faults e The device can be matched to the requirements of the application by disabling the functions that are not needed e Flexible control and blocking possibilities due to digital signal control inputs DI and outputs DO e Easy adaptability of the device to various substations and alarm systems due to flexible signal grouping matrix in the device e Possibility to control six objects e g circuit breakers disconnectors e Status of eight objects e g circuit breakers disconnectors switches e Freely configurable display with six measurement values e Freely configurable interlocking schemes with basic logic functions e Recording of events and fault values into an event register
11. I2 Imot Imot The supervised value 12 gt Imot Pick up setting Set t gt s Definite operation time Set Type DT Type DT Definite time Set INV Inverse time Equation 2 8 1 Kl s Delay multiplier Type INV Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp unbalance current elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the current unbalance stage 8 latest faults l2 gt 46 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Imot Maximum unbalance current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the 2 fault 2 9 Incorrect phase sequence protection l2 gt gt 47 The phase sequence stage prevents the motor from running in the wrong direction thus protecting the load When the ratio between negative and positive sequence current exceeds 80 the phase sequence stage starts and trips after 100 ms EE VAR Be 28 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 2 10 Parameters of the incorrect phase sequen
12. application _vamp230 Blocking and output matrix Protection functions Autorecloser matrix Figure 7 8 2 Example connection using VAMP 280 same connection applies for VAMP 258 Both short circuits and earth faults will be detected The outgoing line 1s one of several parallel lines or the line is feeding a ring network Vaasa Electronics Group VAMP a 190 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 7 4 Ring network protection NOTE This kind of protection requires directional overcurrent protection which are only available in VAMP 255 230 LOAD 2 SUPPLY LOAD 4 R LOAD 5 ring_network Figure 7 4 1 Feeder terminals VAMP 255 or 230 used for protection of ring main circuit with one feeding point Ring networks can be protected with complete selectivity using directional overcurrent relays as long as there is only one feeding point in the network Figure 7 4 1 shows an example of a ring main with five nodes using one circuit breaker at each end of each line section e g a ring m
13. Settings Setting range Io 1 gt 2 70 Definite time function Operating time 1 0 600 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit Operate time 5 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 24 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Earth fault stage lo gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Tocate Ini Iu2 Ixs Setting range Io gt 0 005 8 00 When Ioor Io2 0 05 20 0 When Iocanc Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Peak mode 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operating time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total o
14. Earth fault protection lo gt 50N 51N Undirectional earth fault protection is used to detect earth faults in low impedance earthed networks In high impedance earthed networks compensated networks and isolated networks undirectional earth fault can be used as back up protection The undirectional earth fault function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current 31o The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever this fundamental value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Setting Io gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events time characteristics Figure 2 14 1 Block diagram of the earth fault stage Ip gt VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 39 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description T0ssblock Setting lo gt gt s Delay Enable events Figure 2 14 2 Block diagram of the earth fault stages Ip gt gt Ip gt gt gt and Ip gt gt gt gt Figure 2 14 1 shows a functional block diagram of the Io gt earth overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 14 2 shows a functional block diagram of the Io gt gt Io gt gt gt and Io gt gt gt gt earth fault sta
15. Now the passwords are restored to the default values See chapter 2 2 5 EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 21 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 1 Control functions The default display of the local panel is a single line diagram including relay identification Local Remote indication Auto reclose on off selection and selected analogue measurement values Please note that the operator password must be active in order to be able to control the objects Please refer to page 21 Opening access Toggling Local Remote control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the Local Remote object L or R squared by using the arrow keys 3 Push the ENTER key The L R dialog opens Select REMOTE to enable remote control and disable local control Select LOCAL to enable local control and disable remote control 4 Confirm the setting by pushing the ENTER key The Local Remote state will change Object control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the object to control by using the arrow keys Please note that only controllable objects can be selected 3 Push the ENTER key A control dialog opens 4 Select the Open or Close command by using the UP and DOWN arrow keys 5 Confirm th
16. Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually EEE VAP 56 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameters of the capacitor bank overvoltage stage Uc gt 59C Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too This flag is automatically reset 5 minutes after the last front panel push button pressing UcL1 The supervised values in per UcL2 pu unit values 1 pu UcLN UcL3 Equation 2 17 1 Uc gt pu Pick up setting Set t gt s Definite operation time Set C uF Value of a phase to star point Set capacitor UcLN V Rated voltage for phase to Set star point capacitor 1 pu Qcn kvar Rated power of the capacitor bank Equation 2 17 3 fn 50 or 60 Hz System frequency used to calculate rated power Qcn Autom
17. Activation U2 gt 3 of the set value Activation I2 lt 1 unit Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Only in VAMP 255 230 EE VAR ne 250 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 9 4 4 9 4 5 Voltage sag amp swell NOTE This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Voltage sag limit 10 120 Voltage swell limit 20 150 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 1 00 s step 0 02 s Low voltage blocking 0 50 Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ration Sag 1 03 Swell 0 97 Block limit 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy Activation 0 5 V or 3 of the set value Activation block limit 5 of the set value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms If one of the phase voltages is below sag limit and above block limit but another phase voltage drops below block limit blocking is disabled Voltage interruptions NOTE This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Voltage low limit U1 10 12096 Definite time function DT Operating time lt 50 ms Fixed Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 251 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and mot
18. Inaccuracy Starting Operation time 3 of the set value 1 or 25 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Stall protection stage 48 Setting range Motor start detection current Nominal motor start current 1 30 10 00 xImor step 0 01 1 50 10 00 xImor step 0 01 Definite time characteristic operating time 1 0 300 0 s step 0 1 Inverse time characteristic motor stop to start 1 characteristic curve Inv Time multiplier tpr gt 1 0 200 0 s step 0 1 Minimum motor stop time to activate 500 ms stall protection Maximum current raise time from 200 ms Starting time Resetting time Resetting ratio Typically 60 ms lt 95 ms 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting Operating time at definite time function Operating time at IDMT function 3 of the set value 1 or at 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Thermal overload stage T gt 49 Setting range Alarm setting range Time constant Tau Cooling time coefficient Max overload at 40 C Max overload at 70 C Ambient temperature Resetting ratio Start amp trip Inaccuracy o
19. Reclaim time setting Firmware Settings version gt 5 53 Use shot specific reclaim time No Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing AR works exactly like in older firmwares Use shot specific reclaim time Yes Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time only for manual control Reclaim time between different shots is defined by shot specific reclaim time settings lt 5 53 Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing EEE VAP 166 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Support for 2 circuit breakers firmware version gt 5 31 AR function can be configured to handle 2 controllable objects Object 1 is always used as CB1 and any other controllable object can be used as CB2 The object selection for CB2 is made with Breaker 2 object setting Switching between the two objects is done with a digital input virtual input or virtual output AR controls CB2 when the input defined by Input for selecting CB2 setting is active Control is changed to another object only if the current object is not close Blocking of AR shots firmware version gt 5 57 Each AR shot can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output Blocki
20. SON lal IIe avr g B KN Z be 2 wov lt s O lll era si DE ml o O0 sovi kes Wal sa esyett 9 E G jasen S Le S K E ts on 2 So i Sere e egu Y g RSS Oo zov Oka ip era on e peor Ife wn Sy amp Lb a910 10V O zZ N Hov 9 al O If as el NO SIMI x x KO EX J Le O VAMP Lid 207 VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Figure 8 1 3 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 230 with mA option Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description The feeder and motor manager VAMP 230 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control connections Terminal X1 left side ON No Symbol Description Alloa or 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 a 3 IL2 S1 Phase current L2 S1 Ss mep Phase current L3 S1 2 A ona Residual current Io1 S 1 4 9 To2 5A S1 Residual current Io2 S1 2 i 11 Ua See Chapter 4 7 n S 13 Ub See Chapter 4 7 13 g a 15 15 w 17 Ue See Chapter 4 7 17 KS 19 19 amp NO Terminal Kl right side ON No Symbol Description 51 2 IL1 S2 Phase current L1 S2 a 4 T2082 Phase c
21. Start rz Lo Loy Le FZL Les La Ie Trip i 0 12 S J Intermittent time 0 12 s i I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 Start 12 oT 2 34 5 6 7 L2 f 7 Trip i mi lt f 617 ms gt 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Time s Figure 2 15 2 Effect of the intermittent time parameter The operation delay setting is 0 14 s 7x20 ms The upper start and trip status lines are for a case with the intermittent time set to zero No trip will happen The lower start and trip status lines show another case with intermittent time setting 0 12 s In this case a trip signal will be issued at t 0 87 s EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 47 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually i0tBlock I s les a Samples I Start TRANSIENT ALGORITHM I fundamental freq amplitude U samples P COUNTER IIN CLEAR O Trip U fundamental freq amplitude Setting Setting Setting Enable U pick up Delay Intermittent events n delay 20 ms time Figure 2 15 8 Block diagram of the directional intermittent transient earth fault stage Ior gt Parameters of the directional intermittent transient earth fau
22. V A 2 VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 97 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 29 1 2 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 29 1 2 A I ey ee pickup t Operation delay in seconds k Users multiplier I Measured value Tpiekup User s pick up setting A B C Constant parameter according Table 2 29 1 3 Table 2 29 1 3 Constants for IEEE ANSI inverse delay equation Parameter Delay type y typ A B LTI Long time inverse 0 086 0 185 0 02 LTVI Long time very inverse 28 55 0 712 LTEI Long time extremely inverse 64 07 0 250 MI Moderately inverse 0 0515 0 1140 0 02 VI Very inverse 19 61 0 491 EI Extremely inverse 28 2 0 1217 STI Short time inverse 0 16758 0 11858 0 02 STEI Short time extremely inverse 1 281 0 005 Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2 pu A 0 0515 B 0 114 C 0 02 t 0 50 Tue 01140 1 9 eat 2 The operation time in this example will be 1 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 29 1 8 EEE VAP 98 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Fe
23. VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Backlight control Display backlight can be switched on with a digital input virtual input or virtual output LOCALPANEL CONF Display backlight ctrl setting is used for selecting trigger input for backlight control When the selected input activates rising edge display backlight is set on for 60 minutes 2 1 2 Menu navigation and pointers 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu that is on the left hand side of the display The active main menu option is indicated with a cursor The options in the main menu items are abbreviations e g Evnt events 2 After any selection the arrow symbols in the upper left corner of the display show the possible navigating directions applicable navigation keys in the menu 3 The name of the active submenu and a possible ANSI code of the selected function are shown in the upper part of the display e g CURRENTS 4 Further each display holds the measured values and units of one or more quantities or parameters e g ILmax 300A 2 1 3 Keypad You can navigate in the menu and set the required parameter values using the keypad and the guidance given in the display Furthermore the keypad is used to control objects and switches on the single line diagram display The keypad is composed of four arrow keys one
24. normal closed NC and a delay can be configured according the application The signals are available for the output matrix block matrix user s programmable logic etc The contacts connected to digital inputs DI1 DI6 must be dry potential free These inputs use the common internal 48 Vdc wetting voltage from terminal X3 1 only It is possible to use two different control voltages in the terminal X7 as there are two common inputs Common Input group Wetting voltage input On Off X77 X7 1 6 DI 7 12 gt 18 V gt 50 V lt 10 V lt 5 V X7 14 X7 8 13 DI 13 18 cea a ka oe NOTE These digital inputs must not be connected parallel with inputs of an another device Label and description texts can be edited with VAMPSET according the application Labels are the short parameter names used on the local panel and descriptions are the longer names used by VAMPSET Parameters of digital inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set DIL DIn 0 Status of digital input 1 DI COUNTERS DI1 DIn 0 65535 Cumulative active edge Set counter DELAYS FOR DIGITAL INPUTS DI1 DIn 0 00 60 00 s Definite delay for bothon Set and off transitions CONFIGURATION DI1 DI6 Inverted no For normal open contacts Set NO Active edge is 0 1 yes For normal closed contacts NC Active edge is 1 gt 0 Alarm display no No pop up display Set yes
25. 79 Auto Reclose Option Block Autoreclose matrix r Blocking and X2 1 output matrix X2 3 7 X2 4 X2 5 X2 6 VAMP245BlockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 2 2 Block diagram of VAMP 246 with mA option included Nasa tjeenones era AWN VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 223 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 8 7 3 VAMP 230 X3 17 X3 18 Protection functions a X1 1 X1 2 X1 3 X1 4 X1 5 X1 6 X1 7 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10 X1 11 X1 12 X1 13 X1 14 X1 18 Option Block X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 67 50 51 59 gt 3 gt 3 gt gt u gt U gt gt 46 I gt 5ON 51N 1 gt gt K gt l gt 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt SONARC Arcl gt Arcl gt SOARC Arcl gt 48 gt 37 3i lt 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser Blocking and X3 1 48V matrix output matrix X3 2 D11 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 DI4 X3 6 DI5 X3 7 DI6 2 VAMP230blockdiagram Figure 8 7 3 1 Block diagram of VAMP 230 Nasa tieenones ora AWN 224 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 V
26. Function name ANSI code s E E gt l e gt Protection functions 50 51 3 gt 3 gt 3I gt gt gt Overcurrent protection X X X Tair gt Idir gt gt Directional overcurrent protection 67 X X Tdir gt gt gt Ilar gt gt gt gt 46R L h gt Broken line protection X X X 46 I gt Current unbalance protection X X X 47 II gt gt Incorrect phase sequence X X x protection 48 I gt Stall protection X X X 66 N gt Frequent start protection X X X 37 I lt Undercurrent protection K K K 67N Iog gt Iog gt gt Directional earth fault protection X X X Io gt Io gt gt I gt gt gt Earth fault protection 50N 51N is K K K 67NT Tor gt Intermittent transient earth fault x x x protection Capacitor bank unbalance x x x protection 59C U gt Capacitor overvoltage protection X 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Zero sequence voltage protection X X X 49 T gt Thermal overload protection X X X 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection X X 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection X X 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower X x protection 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt Overfrequency and x x underfrequency protection 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection X X df dt Rate of change of frequency BIR ROCOF protection X x 25 Af AU Ag Synchrocheck X X 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection X X X 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages 50ARC ArcI gt Arclo gt Optional arc fault protection x x x 50
27. SetGrp 1 The active setting group is one This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 SGrpDI The setting group is not controlled by any digital input This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Configurator Force Off The status forcing and output relay forcing is disabled This force flag status can be set to On or back to Off if the operating level is at least Configurator If no front panel button is pressed within five minutes and there is no VAMPSET communication the force flag will be set to Off position The forcing is explained in chapter 2 3 4 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 15 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration Second menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage second menu AV lt P gt gt SET 50 51 Stage setting group 1 ExDI ILmax 403A ExDO Status Prot gt gt 1013A gt gt 2 50xIn 0 60s Figure 2 2 2 2 Second menu next on the right of gt gt 50 51 stage This is the main setting menu The content is e Stage setting group 1 These are the group 1 setting values The other setting group can be seen by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 e ILmax 403A The maximum of the three measured phase currents is at the moment 403 A This is the value the s
28. VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 177 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N 1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu 6 1 4 Optional inbuilt ethernet port This is an optional inbuilt Ethernet port for VAMPSET and Modbus TCP and other communication protocols using TCP IP See Figure 6 1 1 The IP address net mask gateway name server and NTP server are common with the internal ethernet port setting in chapter 6 2 8 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SPA bus SPA bus slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Port Default 502 TCP IP port Set IpAddr n n n n IP address Use Set VAMPSET to edit NetMsk n n n n Net mask Use VAMPSET Set to edit Gatew n n n n Gateway Use VAMPSET Set to edit NTPSvr n n n n IP address for network Set time protocol NTPS server Use VAMPSET to edit V
29. e Arc for phase to phase arc faults Current inputs Ini Itz Ins are used e Arcloi gt for phase to earth arc faults Current input To1 is used e Arclo2 gt for phase to earth arc faults Current input Tog is used Light channel selection The light information source to the stages can be selected from the following list e No sensor selected The stage will not work e SI Light sensor S1 e S2 Light sensor S2 e S1 S2 Either one of the light sensors S1 or S2 e Bl Binary input of the arc card 48 Vdc e S1 BI Light sensor S1 or the binary input e 2 BI Light sensor S2 or the binary input e S1 S2 BI Light sensor S1 or S2 or the binary input Binary input The binary input BI on the arc option card see chapter 8 4 can be used to get the light indication from another relay to build selective arc protection systems The BI signal can also be connected to any of the output relays BO indicators etc offered by the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BI is a dry input for 48 Vdc signal from binary outputs of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 89 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Binary output The binary output BO on the arc option card see chapters 8 4 and 8 5 can be used to give the light indication signal or any other signal or signals to another relay s binary input
30. e Load 0 99xIn The average load current before the fault has been 0 99 pu e EDly 81 The elapsed operation delay has been 81 of the setting 0 60 s 0 49 s Any registered elapsed delay less than 100 means that the stage has not tripped because the fault duration has been shorter than the delay setting e SetGrp 1 The setting group has been 1 This line can be reached by pressing ENTER and several times the DOWN button EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 17 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 2 2 3 Setting groups Most of the protection functions of the relay have two setting groups These groups are useful for example when the network topology is changed frequently The active group can be changed by a digital input through remote communication or locally by using the local panel The active setting group of each protection function can be selected separately Figure 2 2 3 1 shows an example where the changing of the I gt setting group is handled with digital input one SGrpDI If the digital input is TRUE the active setting group is group two and correspondingly the active group is group one if the digital input is FALSE If no digital input is selected SGrpDI the active group can be selected by changing the value of the parameter SetGrp groupl AV D I gt STATUS Status SCntr TCntr SetGrp SGrpDI Force Figure 2 2 3 1
31. 0 or 1 of the IF relay e The configuration of the output signals to the output relays The configuration of the operation indicators LED Alarm and Trip and application specific alarm leds A B and C that is the output relay matrix EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 31 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration NOTE The amount of Trip and Alarm relays depends on the relay type and optional hardware 2 4 6 Protection menu Prot The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the Prot menu e Reset all the counters PROTECTION SET CIAII e Read the status of all the protection functions PROTECT STATUS 1 x e Enable and disable protection functions ENABLED STAGES 1 x e Define the interlockings using block matrix only with VAMPSET Each stage of the protection functions can be disabled or enabled individually in the Prot menu When a stage is enabled it will be in operation immediately without a need to reset the relay The relay includes several protection functions However the processor capacity limits the number of protection functions that can be active at the same time 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF The following functions and features can be read and set via the submenus of the configuration menu DEVICE SETUP e Bit rate for the command line interface in ports X4 and the front panel The front panel is always usi
32. CT sec x par CT sec primary gt secondary Tozo T a CT pri For residual currents to inputs Io1 or Ioz2 use the corresponding CTpri and CTsrc values For earth fault stages using Iocale signals use the phase current CT values for CTpri and CTszc Example 1 Secondary to primary CT 500 5 Current to the device s input is 4 A gt Primary current is Iprr 4x500 5 400 A Example 2 Primary to secondary CT 500 5 The device displays Ipr 400 A Injected current is Isra 400x5 500 4 A Per unit pu scaling For phase currents excluding ArcI gt stage 1 pu 1xImopr 100 where Imope is the rated current according to the mode see chapter 10 For residual currents and ArcI gt stage 1 pu 1xCTszc for secondary side and 1 pu 1xCTpri for primary side Phase current scaling for motor mode Phase current scaling for feeder mode ArcI gt stage and residual current 310 secondary gt per unit I sec CT rea CT sac I MOT i PU I cs I see PU CT src per unit gt secondary I Lec 1 py CT sec mor CT prr I sge 1 py CT sec EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 151 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Example 1 Secondary to per unit for feeder mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 Current injected to the device s inputs is 7 A Per unit current is Ipu 7 5 1 4
33. Clear Clearing of cycle counters Set Clear Set An editable parameter password needed The breaker curve table is edited with VAMPSET EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 123 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 3 9 Energy pulse outputs The device can be configured to send a pulse whenever certain amount of energy has been imported or exported The principle is presented in Figure 3 9 1 Each time the energy level reaches the pulse size an output relay is activated and it will stay active as long as defined by a pulse duration setting t Configurable 100 ms 5 000 ms ____ _ gt Configurable 10 10 000 kWh kvarh Figure 8 9 1 Principle of energy pulses The device has four energy pulse outputs The output channels are e Active exported energy e Reactive exported energy e Active imported energy e Reactive imported energy Each channel can be connected to any combination of the output relays using output matrix The parameters for the energy pulses can be found in the E menu under the submenus E PULSE SIZES and E PULSE DURATION Energy pulse output parameters Parameter Value Unit Description E PULSE E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of active SIZES exported energy Eqt 10 10000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive exported energy E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of acti
34. Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional overcurrent stages 8 latest faults lair gt Igir gt gt lar gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground fault 3 N Ground fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Fit xIn_ Maximum fault current Load xIn 1s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle 5 Fault angle in degrees EEE VAP 24 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameter Value Unit Description U1 xUn Positive sequence voltage during fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 7 Broken line protection l2 li gt 46R The purpose of the broken line protection is to detect unbalanced load conditions for example a broken wire of a heavy loaded overhead line in case there is no earth fault The operation of the unbalanced load function
35. Example of protection submenu with setting group parameters The changing of the setting parameters can be done easily When the desired submenu has been found with the arrow keys press the ENTER key to select the submenu Now the selected setting group is indicated in the down left corner of the display See Figure 2 2 3 2 Set1 is setting group one and Set2 is setting group two When the needed changes to the selected setting group have been done press the LEFT or the RIGHT key to select another group the LEFT key is used when the active setting group is 2 and the RIGHT key is used when the active setting group is 1 group2 SET I gt Setting for stage I gt ILmax Status Figure 2 2 8 2 Example of I gt setting submenu EE VAP 18 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration 2 2 4 Fault logs All the protection functions include fault logs The fault log of a function can register up to eight different faults with time stamp information fault values etc Each function has its own logs See Figure 2 2 4 1 log AY gt log buffer Log buffer 1 2003 04 28 11 11 52 251 1 2 0 55 xin 0 02 xin 24 Figure 2 2 4 1 Example of fault log To see the values of for example log two press the ENTER key to select the current log log one The current log number is then indicated in the down left corner of the
36. Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for both stages Io gt and Io gt gt The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 29 The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 29 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually I0fiisblock Register 3 Ey E 2 5 A a Choice Setting Setting Delay Enable events Icosp Res Ip gt s lo gt s Ising Cap Figure 2 13 1 Block diagram of the directional earth fault stages Iog gt and loo gt gt EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 35 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description loDir_ResCap I gt Figure 2 18 2 Operation characteristic of the directional earth fault protection in Res or Cap mode Res mode can be used with compensated networks and C
37. Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value To2 according the parameter ToCale Input below Io gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Io gt gt gt primary value lo gt gt gt gt Io gt gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set Io gt gt gt parameter Input and the Io gt gt gt gt corresponding CT value t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only Input Tol X6 7 8 9 See chapter 8 To2 X6 10 11 12 ToCalce IL1 IL2 IL3 Set EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 43 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the undirectional earth fault stages 8 latest faults lo gt lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time set
38. VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 I gt gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value EEE VAP VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note gt gt gt gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set t gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the overcurrent stages 8 latest faults I gt I gt gt I gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground fault 3 N Ground fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Flt xImode Ma
39. example under frequency protection has inbuilt under voltage blocking to avoid tripping when the voltage is off When a protection stage is blocked it won t pick up in case of a fault condition is detected If blocking is activated during the operation delay the delay counting is frozen until the blocking goes off or the pick up reason i e the fault condition disappears If the stage is already tripping the blocking has no effect Retardation time Retardation time is the time a protection relay needs to notice that a fault has been cleared during the operation time delay This parameter is important when grading the operation time delay settings between relays EEE VAP 10 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description DELAY SETTING tmur trer PAA ATTIN hrt TRIP CONTACTS CC Rana Figure 2 2 1 Definition for retardation time If the delay setting would be slightly shorter an unselective trip might occur the dash line pulse For example when there is a big fault in an outgoing feeder it might start i e pick up both the incoming and outgoing feeder relay However the fault must be cleared by the outgoing feeder relay and the incoming feeder relay must not trip Although the operating delay setting of the incoming feeder is more than at the outgoing feeder the incoming feeder might still trip if the operation time di
40. from which the data can be read via a keypad and a local HMI or by means of a PC based VAMPSEHT user interface e Latest events and indications are in non volatile memory e Easy configuration parameterisation and reading of information via local HMI or with a VAMPSET user interface e Easy connection to power plant automation system due to a versatile serial connection and several available communication protocols e Built in self regulating ac dc converter for auxiliary power supply from any source within the range from 40 to 265 VDC or VAC The alternative power supply is for 18 to 36 VDC e Built in disturbance recorder for evaluating all the analogue and digital signals EEE VAP 6 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques The device is fully designed using numerical technology This means that all the signal filtering protection and control functions are implemented through digital processing The numerical technique used in the device is primarily based on an adapted Fast Fourier Transformation FFT In FFT the number of calculations multiplications and additions which are required to filter out the measuring quantities remains reasonable By using synchronized sampling of the measured signal voltage or current and a sample rate according to the 2 series the FFT tec
41. gt a 3 2 lt B B n A 5 g 9 g 9 g D lt 5 lt 5 5 2 zo 6 m eI g fs n I S ica T Analog input alarms have also matrix signals Ext Alx Alarm 1 and Ext AIx Alarm2 E VAN P VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 217 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description External digital inputs configuration VAMPSET only EXTERNAL DIGITAL INPUTS SI01419 peat UOTJBOTUNUIWIOD NJLA 191513994 ott snqpow Jo tequinu yg UsutploH 40 yynduy d4 Iojstser snqpoy gynduy Spog qUOWeINSBeUL 6666 T oY LO 1915138941 SNGpow sii Pp LYE T OI 24 Jo ssoappe sngpow T 0 9784S dATIOV HO 20 ndut 10 Suqeug osuey uorndiadsag External digital outputs configuration VAMPSET only EXTERNAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS S404419 UONBITUNWUWON Ne qu w snsgeou 6666 T al 10 19481394 sngpow we solAep Lver l OI 24 JO ssaappe sngpow L 0 3484s nding O O yndyno 10 SungguH osuey wor dt10seq VAMP E Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 218 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description External analog outputs configuration VAMPSET only wn gt a gt 2 oO t lt Zz ug x lt fra SI041419 UOJLEITU
42. hertz seconds tser Operation time setting t seconds S Measured average frequency slope hertz seconds The minimum operation time is always limited by the setting parameter tmin In the example of the fastest operation time 0 15 s is achieved when the slope is 2 Hz s or more The leftmost curve in Figure 2 24 3 shows the inverse characteristics with the same settings as in Figure 2 24 4 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 75 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Slope and delay settings 0 5Hzs 1 Hz s 1 5 Hz s 0 6 0 65 0 55 0 45 ROCOF6_v3 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 Operation time s o Setting for minimum delay t 15s 2 3 4 5 6 Measured slope df dt Hz s Figure 2 24 8 Three examples of possible inverse ddi operation time characteristics The slope and operation delay settings define the knee points on the left A common setting for tmin has been used in these three examples This minimum delay parameter defines the knee point positions on the right F REQUENC Y ROCOF3_v3 Hz a0 Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s NG t 0 605 O tan 0 15 8 v 0 2 gt ea SS e 49 7 E K ae 0 00 0 15 0 30 0 45 0 60 START TRIP Figure 2 24 4 An example of inverse dt dt operation time The time to trip will be 0 3 s although the setting is 0 6 s because the average
43. limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 29 for more information Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 3 3 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 21 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Figure 2 6 4 shows the functional block of the Idir gt stage 3vIdirsblock Iml Im2 Im3 Block IL1 IL3 U12 U23 Dir Baseangle Setting Idir gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events Register event Not dir time characteristics Figure 2 6 4 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage Idir gt Parameters of the directional overcurrent stages lair gt lair gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group 5 None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcin
44. odd S number of stop bits 1 Debug No Binary ASCII Echo to local port No echo For binary protocols For SPA bus protocol Set Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu 6 1 3 Extension port X4 This is a non isolated RS 485 port for external I O devices The port is located in the same rear panel D9S connector X4 as the local port but pins 7 8 5 are used instead of the standard RS 232 pins 2 3 5 used by the local port See Figure 6 1 1 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s EEE VAP a
45. 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay VT on On Off On VT supervisor on event VT off On Off s On VT supervisor off event Measured and recorded values of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured U2 Un Measured negative value sequence voltage I2 In Measured negative sequence current Recorded Date 5 Date of VT supervision Values alarm Time Time of VT supervision alarm U2 Un Recorded negative sequence voltage I2 In Recorded negative sequence current EE VAR ne 118 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Measured and recorded values of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured ILmax A Maximum of phase value currents ILmin A Minimum of phase currents Display Imax gt A Setting values as primary Imin lt values Recorded Date Date of CT supervision Values alarm Time Time of CT supervision alarm Imax A Maximum phase current Imin A Minimum phase current 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring The device has a condition monitoring function that supervises the wearing of the circuit breaker The condition monitoring can give alarm for the need of CB maintenance well before the CB condition is critical The CB wear function measures the breaking current of each CB pole separately and then estimates
46. 1 normal open connector 11 A1NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 Tl Trip relay 1 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 2 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector 2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 DI20 option O00000 No Symbol Description 1 DI19 Digital input 19 2 DI19 Digital input 19 3 DI20 Digital input 20 4 DI20 Digital input 20 5 6 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector 7 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 205 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 8 1 3 VAMP 230 28 8 3 3 2 3 8 3 34 3 s 8 oO ololo VO90XAA 7 9 15 Uc 17 19 m3 sp 5 va 11 43 5A S1 mis 1 IL2 S1 3 1A S1 Io2 TLL ZEZ S
47. 1 00 0 00 s 14 1 00 0 00 s 15 1 00 0 00 s 16 1 00 0 00 s E VAR Be VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 105 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will be activated if interpolation with the given points fails See chapter 2 29 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 29 for more details EEE V A 2 106 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 1 Event log Event log is a buffer of event codes and time stamps including date and time For example each start on start off trip on or trip off of any protection stage has a unique event number code Such a code and the corresponding time stamp is called an event The event codes are listed in a separate document Modbus_Profibus_Spabus_event pdf As an example of information included with a typical event an overvoltage trip event of the first 59 stage U gt is shown in the following table EVENT Description Local Communication panel protocols Code 1E2 Channel 30 Yes Yes event 2 I gt trip on Event t
48. 1 Block diagram of optional arc protection module 8 8 2 Optional DI19 DI20 Options X6 1DI19 DI X6 2 D119 X6 3 DI 20 X6 4 DI 20 X6 5 NC _ X6 6 L gt X6 7 L a KDA TAA BANG SAAT Laa AGA a EN i DI19DI20_option_block_diagram Figure 8 8 2 1 Block diagram of optional DI1YDI20 module with one arc channel EEE VAP 226 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 9 Connection examples 8 9 1 VAMP 255 VAMP255_truck_application Blocking and output matri Protection functions Autorecloser matrix Figure 8 9 1 1 Connection example of VAMP 255 The voltage measurement mode is set to 2LL U 9 E VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 227 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description VAMP256_truck_application 3Phase Blocking and output matrix Protection functions
49. 100 to Operating time 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts 9 4 2 Disturbance recorder DR The operation of disturbance recorder depends on the following settings The recording time and the number of records depend on the time setting and the number of selected channels Disturbance recorder DR Mode of recording Saturated Overflow Sample rate Waveform recording 32 cycle 16 cycle 8 cycle Trend curve recording 10 20 200 ms 1 5 10 15 30 s 1 min Recording time one record 0 1 s 12 000 min must be shorter than MAX time Pre trigger rate 0 100 Number of selected channels 0 12 9 4 3 Transformer supervision Current transformer supervision Pick up current 0 00 10 00 x In Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio Imax gt 0 97 Reset ratio Imin lt 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Voltage transformer supervision Pick up setting U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Pick up setting I2 lt 0 0 200 0 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 3 of the pick up value Inaccuracy
50. 11 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description ReleaseTime e p t j TRIP CONTACTS ma 1 Figure 2 2 2 Reset time is the time it takes the trip or start relay contacts to open after the fault has been cleared Hysteresis or dead band When comparing a measured value against a pick up value some amount of hysteresis is needed to avoid oscillation near equilibrium situation With zero hysteresis any noise in the measured signal or any noise in the measurement itself would cause unwanted oscillation between fault on and fault off situations Hysteresis GT hysteresis PICK UP LEVEL gt PICK UP l Figure 2 2 3 Behaviour ofa greater than comparator For example in overcurrent and overvoltage stages the hysteresis dead band acts according this figure Hysteresis_LT hysteresis PICK UP LEVEL lt PICK UP l Figure 2 2 4 Behaviour ofa less than comparator For example in under voltage and under frequency stages the hysteresis dead band acts according this figure EEE VAP 12 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 2 3 E VAR Be VM255 EN021 List of functions AKA IEEE alala IEC symbol
51. 178 6 1 5 Optional 61850 interface ceesssceceeeesteees 179 6 2 COMMUNICATION Protocols awae ereweaaa anana anane 179 6 2 1 PC COmMmuUNIcation saaa aaa aa eaaa aana aana a nne 179 6 2 2 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU eaaa anane 179 6 2 3 Profibus DP isa awasana rasaniia asian anggan GN NAN EN Ee NEGEN 180 6 2 4 SPAEOUS sakanan pan ban aab an kaa Ten akang anna 182 6 2 5 IEC 60870 5 103 anana anana anna 182 6 2 6 DNP 3O asasi a aaa a a akan aan ai nas a agi ag aneh aaa anan 184 6 2 7 IEC 60870 5 101 aaaeeananenannn anna anan anana nenen 185 6 2 9 TCP IP saa aaa aa a aa an aga san aan pang KAE Karan a E EN Ga ah 187 6 2 9 External I O Modbus RTU master 008 187 6 2 JONES 610505 piraan bag aa a an aga a a gak aa rag en aa akaya 187 7 APpPlIEaHhOns sasaka sada an NE NRG TA TG GENDENGE NE EN NE Na dn 188 7 1 Substation feeder Protection ccccccccccsssececeessseeees 188 7 2 Industrial feeder Protection ccccsssseccceesssceseceesseees 189 7 3 Parallel line Protection secsscccsadccsvicdediedseadsavtarisseelentierss 189 7 4 Ring network protection eeseessessesesseseesseeersssseseresrreess 191 7 5 Trip circuit SUPeEMISION ssssssesssesrressssseserrrersessssesrreerese 191 7 5 1 Trip circuit supervision with one digital input 192 7 5 2 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs 194 8 CONNECTIONS 4 csco ceases AAS NAN ANGGANA GEN NGANAN mens 19
52. 20 50 mA step 10 uA Resolution 12 bits Current step lt 6 pA Inaccuracy 20 uA Arc protection interface option Number of arc sensor inputs 2 Sensor type to be connected VA1DA Operating voltage level 12 Vde gt 11 9mA 1 3 81 mA NOTE If the drain is outside the range either sensor or the wiring is defected Current drain when active Current drain range Number of binary inputs 1 optically isolated Operating voltage level 48 V de Number of binary outputs 1 transistor controlled Operating voltage level 48 V de NOTE Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary output without an external amplifier 9 2 Tests and environmental conditions 9 2 1 Disturbance tests Emission EN 50081 1 Conducted EN 55022B Emitted CISPR 11 Immunity EN 50082 2 Static discharge ESD 0 15 30 MHz 30 1 000 MHz EN 61000 4 2 class II 6 kV contact discharge 8 kV air discharge EN 61000 4 4 class III 2 kV 5 50 ns 5 kHz Surge EN 61000 4 5 class III 2 kV 1 2 50 us common mode 1 kV 1 2 50 us differential mode Fast transients EFT Conducted HF field EN 61000 4 6 0 15 80 MHz 10 V m Emitted HF field EN 61000 4 3 80 1000 MHz 10 V m GSM test ENV 50204 900 MHz 10 V m pulse modulated 9 2 2 Dielectric test voltages Insulation test voltage IEC 60255 5 2 kV 50 Hz 1 mi
53. 230 Technical description 7 2 Industrial feeder protection l vamp255app2 Figure 7 2 1 VAMP feeder and motor devices used in cable protection of an industry plant network Directional earth fault protection and three phase overcurrent protection is required in a cable feeder Furthermore the thermal stage can be used to protect the cable against overloading This example also includes fast arc protection 7 3 Parallel line protection NOTE This kind of protection requires directional overcurrent protection which are only available in VAMP 255 230 se LOAD 4 LOAD R1 VAMP 245 VAMP 255 230 R3 A lt 1 X B PAS lt VAMP 245 VAMP 255 230 R4 l gt LOAD SPARE SUPPLY R5 VAMP 255 230 S x LOAD ys LOAD appl_parall_lines Figure 7 3 1 Feeder and motor device VAMP 256 or 230 used for protection of parallel lines EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 189 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Figure 7 3 1 shows two parallel lines A and B protected with overcurrent relays R1 R2 R3 and R4 The relays R3 and R4 are directional If there is a fault in one of the lines only the faulty line will be switched off because of the direction functions of the relays R3 and R4 A detailed schematic of e g the relay R3 is shown in Figure 7 3 2 SYA ASN 8
54. 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description FortescueEx2 Positive sequence U 2 3 aUn Usa Ung Negative seguence U aU U 1 3 Figure 4 10 1 Example of symmetric component calculation using line to line voltages Unscaling the geometric results gives Ui 100 V3 x 2 3 38 5 Uz 100 3 x 1 3 19 2 Us U1 1 3 2 3 50 Example 3 two phase injection with adjustable phase angle Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 3LN Injection Ua Um 100N3 V 20 57 7 V 20 Up Ur 100 V3 V 2 120 57 7 V 2 120 Ue Ur 0V This is actually identical case with example 2 because the resulting line to line voltages U12 Uni Ur2 100 V 230 and U23 Ura Urs Ure 100 V3 VZ 120 are the same as in example 2 The only difference is a 30 phase angle difference but without any absolute angle reference this phase angle difference is not seen by the device 100 Ze U 11 1 v3 100 Z0 1002 120 U aa 4120 35 10020 100 20 U fa a 6 100 20 1002 120 1002 60 19 22 60 200zZ0 38 520 3 3 100 260 19 27 60 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 149 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 4 11 Uo 19 2 Ui 38 5 U2 19 2 U2 Ui 50 Figure 4 10 2
55. 29 1 4 Constants for IEEE2 inverse delay equation Parameter Delay type A B c D E MI Moderately inverse 0 1735 0 6791 0 8 0 08 0 1271 NI Normally inverse 0 0274 2 2614 0 3 1899 9 1272 VI Very inverse 0 0615 0 7989 0 34 0 284 4 0505 EI Extremely inverse 0 0399 0 2294 0 5 3 0094 0 7222 Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Tpickup 2 pu A 0 1735 B 0 6791 C 0 8 D 0 08 E 0 127 6791 0 12 t 0 5 gia E ga NI L ees l 0 38 Fa Eo Gea The operation time in this example will be 0 38 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 29 1 11 EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 101 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description IEEE2 NI e IEEE2 MI o 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 10 10 om gt 4 4 5 amp 3 D oO Tg 2 gg 2 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE2 MI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE2_NI Figure 2 29 1 11 IEEE moderately Figure 2 29 1 12 IEEE normal inverse delay inverse delay soo IEEE2 VI aug IEEE2 EI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 19 19 6 6 4 4 2 2 S 2 8 2 08 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 k 0 5 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 I Iset inverseDelayIEEE2_VI T Iset
56. 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 A1 NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 A1NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 Tl Trip relay 1 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 2 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector 2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 DI20 option O00000 No Symbol Description 1 DI19 Digital input 19 2 DI19 Digital input 19 3 DI20 Digital input 20 4 DI20 Digital input 20 5 6 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector 7 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free EE VAR Be 210 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 2 Auxiliary voltage The external auxiliary voltage Uaux standard 40 265 V ac or dc for the terminal is connected to the terminals X3 17 18 NOTE Polarity of the auxiliary voltage Uaux 24
57. Alarm pop up display is activated at active DI edge On event On Active edge event Set Off enabled Active edge event disabled EE VAR Be VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 159 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Set Off event On Inactive edge event Set Off enabled Inactive edge event disabled NAMES for DIGITAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for DIs on Set max 10 the local display characters Default is DIn n 1 6 Description String of Long name for DIs Set max 32 Default is characters Digital input n n 1 6 Set An editable parameter password needed Summary of digital inputs DI Terminal Operating voltage Availability e X3 1 48VDC supply for DI1 6 1 X3 2 2 X3 3 VAMP 230 3 X3 4 VAMP 245 B z Internal 48VDC VAMP 255 5 X3 6 6 X3 7 7 X71 8 X7 2 9 X7 3 External 18 265 VDC 10 X7 4 50 250 VAC VAMP 255 11 X75 12 X76 gt XT 7 Common for DI7 12 13 X7 8 14 X79 15 X7 10 External 18 265 VDC 16 X7 11 50 250 VAC VAMP 255 17 X7 12 18 X7 13 gt X7 14 Common for DI13 17 19 X6 1 2 External 18 265 VDC ARC card with 2 20 X6 3 4 50 250 VAC DIs VAMP ma 160 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor mana
58. Connection Kamples aeeenee eea aeenanan anan enennnn nane 227 ol VAMP 2595 wsisedsncesveresvadaiesicesciniatbubds Na ea a pa ada na pe Na aa een 227 8 9 2 VAMP 245 aaa nangi diese cea Gee 231 VAMP E VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 3 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 893 VAMP 290 ot ace ng a aa aa aa E ai eames 232 9 Technical dala ia NANANG NA NENGNA END NENENG NANA 235 9l RODIN C WONG segan aaa ga aana Gaga ag NG aa aa dak gg ag came 235 9 1 1 Measuring CIfCUITY aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa nanaaaaa nana 235 9 1 2 Auskiliary voltage aaaaaana nana aa aana nana aeaennnnneee 235 9 1 3 Digital INPU S ssssssssisssrrsrrsssssisisessssrssssssssdsessissrsssisssas 236 Ils MOCONTAC S a aa aa ee aa ag anak a aaa Tan nn 236 9 1 5 Ald COMAC S sasana adana a aa ga a agak nagka aan 236 9 1 6 Local serial COMMUNICATION Port aaaeareki 237 9 1 7 Remote control CONNECTION cecessesseereneeees 237 9 1 8 Arc protection interface option 00 237 9 1 9 Analogue output connections option 238 9 2 Tests and environmental Conditions ce eeeeeeeeeeee 238 9 2 1 Disturbance tests ssesnnssooeesossereossesenssssreeesrereesese 238 9 2 2 Dielectric test voltages sanane nanananenn aane 238 9 2 3 Mechanical TESTS orscniiisorsrmiieniinirinsss 239 9 2 4 Environmental Conditions
59. Demand of phase current IL1 IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2 IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3 Pda kW Demand of active power P PFda Demand of power factor PF Qda kvar Demand of reactive power Q Sda kVA Demand of apparent power S RMS values ILida A Demand of phase current IL1 IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2 IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3 Minimum and maximum values Minimum and maximum values are registered with time stamps since the latest manual clearing or since the device has been restarted The available registered min amp max values are listed in the following table Min amp Max Description measurement IL1 IL2 IL3 Phase current fundamental frequency value IL1RMS IL2RMS IL3RMS Phase current rms value Tol 102 Residual current U12 U23 U31 Line to line voltage Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q 5 Active reactive apparent power ILlda IL2da IL3da Demand values of phase currents ILida IL2da IL3da rms value Demand values of phase currents rms values PFda Power factor demand value The clearing parameter ClrMax is common for all these values EE VAR ne VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 14 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 4 6 4 7 Parameters Parameter Value Description Set ClrMax Reset all minimum and ma
60. Ethernet introduced IEC 61850 support added 6 23 Iog gt sector mode characteristics improved IEC 60870 5 101 added Older versions of VAMPSET parameter files are not compatible with 6 x firmware EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 257 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 14 Reference information Documentation Mounting and Commissioning Instructions VMMC ENOxx VAMPSET User s Manual VMV ENOxx Manufacturer Service data VAMP Ltd P O Box 810 FIN 65101 Vaasa Finland Visiting address Yrittajankatu 15 Phone 358 0 20 753 3200 Fax 358 0 20 753 3205 URL http www vamp fi 24h support Tel 358 0 20 753 3264 Email vampsupport vamp fi VAMP 358 20 753 3264 EEE VAP 258 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 259 We reserve the right to changes without prior notice Phone 358 20 753 3200 Street address Yritt j nkatu 15 Fax 358 20 753 3205 VAMP Ltd Post address P O Box 810 FIN 65101 Vaasa Internet www vamp fi Finland Email vamp vamp fi VAMP mE VM255 EN021
61. Figure 2 21 1shows an example of low voltage self blocking A The maximum of the three line to line voltages ULLmax is below the block limit This is not regarded as an under voltage situation ee The voltage ULLminis above the block limit but below the pick up level This is an undervoltage situation Voltage is OK because it is above the pick up limit This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK This is an under voltage situation Q Haga The voltage ULLmin is under block limit and this is not regarded as an under voltage situation This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK Same as G Voltage is OK alaki EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 67 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description U max U Uss Us LLmax UunderSelfBlocking I K dead band la anaa eee eer Saree Meer EN U lt setting block limit time U lt under voltage state Figure 2 21 1 Under voltage state and block limit Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U lt U lt lt and U lt lt lt All these stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic Setting groups There are two settings groups available for all stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and man
62. IF relay is energized when the auxiliary supply is on and no internal fault is detected Diagnostics The device runs self diagnostic tests for hardware and software in every boot sequence and also performs runtime checking EEE VAP 134 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Fatal errors If fatal error has been detected the device releases IF relay contact and error led is set on Local panel will also display an error message about the detected fault Fatal error state is entered when the device is not able to handle protections Runtime errors When self diagnostic function detects a fault Selfdiag Alarm matrix signal is set and an event E56 is generated In case the error was only temporary an off event is generated E57 Self diagnostic error can be reset via local panel interface Error registers There are four 16 bit error registers which are readable through remote protocols The following table shows the meaning of each error register and their bits Register Bit Code Description 0 LSB T1 1 T2 2 T3 3 T4 SelfDiag1 4 Al Output relay fault 5 A2 6 A3 7 A4 8 Ab 0 LSB DAC mA output fault 1 STACK OS stack fault 2 MemChk OS memory fault 3 BGTask OS background task timeout 4 DI Digital input fault DI1
63. Min time between motor starts 0 0 100 min step 0 1 min Operation time lt 250 ms Inaccuracy Min time between motor starts 5 of the set value Voltage protection Capacitor overvoltage stage Uc gt 59C Overvoltage setting range Capacitance setting range Rated phase to star point capacitor voltage 1 pu Definite time characteristic operating time Start time Reset time Reset ratio hysteresis Inaccuracy starting time 0 10 2 50 pu 1 pu Ucun 1 00 650 00 uF 100 260000 V 1 0 300 0 s step 0 5 lt 1 0s lt 1 5s 0 97 5 of the set value 1 or 1 s Only in VAMP 245 Overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt 59 Overvoltage setting range Definite time characteristic operating time Starting time Resetting time U gt Resetting time U gt gt U gt gt gt Retardation time Reset ratio Inaccuracy starting operate time 50 150 Un for U gt U gt gt 50 160 Un for U gt gt gt 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 U gt U gt gt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 U gt gt gt Typically 60 ms 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 lt 95 ms lt 50 ms 0 99 0 800 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 3 of the set value 1 or 380 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and ope
64. Mode Set f lt Over under stage f gt lt gt lt f lt lt Under stage f lt Under stage f lt lt s Definite operation time tX f gt lt stage tXX f gt lt gt lt stage Set t lt f lt stage t lt lt f lt lt stage Mode Operation mode only for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt Set gt Overfrequency mode lt Underfrequency mode LVblck Un_ Low limit for self blocking This is a common setting for Set all four stages For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on EEE VAP 72 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 24 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp frequency during fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the over amp under frequency stages 8 latest faults f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Hz Faulty frequency EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R Rate of change of freq
65. Technical description 12 Accessories Order Code VEA3 CG VPA3 CG VSE001 VSE002 VSE003 VX003 3 VX004 M3 VX007 F3 VX008 4 VA 1 DA 6 VYX076 VYX077 Order information When ordering please state e Type designation VAMP 255 VAMP 245 or VAMP 230 e Quantity e Options see respective ordering code Ordering codes of VAMP feeder managers VAMP FEEDER MANAGER ORDER CODES Manager type 255 VAMP 255 feeder manager 245 VAMP 245 feeder manager 230 VAMP 230 feeder manager Nominal current A 3 1A 5A Nominal earth fault current lo1 amp lo2 A C 1A 5A D O02A 1A Frequency Hz 7 50 60Hz Supply voltage V 40 265Vac dc 18 36Vdc 40 265Vac dc ARC Protection 18 36Vdc ARC Protection 40 265Vac dc DI19 DI20 Optional 18 36Vdc DI19 DI20 Optional moop Communication interface A None B Plastic Plastic fibre interiace C Profibus Interface D RS 485 Interface E Glass Glass Optic Interface F Plastic Glass Optic Interface G Glass Plastic Optic Interface H Ethernet interface K 61850 interface Optional software A None B Four mA outputs Il Explanation Note External Ethernet Interface Module VAMP Ltd Profibus Interface Module VAMP Ltd Fiber optic Interface Module VAMP Ltd RS485 Interface Module VAMP Ltd Programming Cable VAMPSet VEA 3 CG 200serie TTL RS232 Converter Cable for PLC VEA3CG 200serie T
66. Total active time hours Set Note The label text Runh can be edited with VAMPSET Runs 0 3599 s Total active time seconds Set Starts 0 65535 Activation counter Set Status Stop Current status of the selected Run digital signal DI Select the supervised signal Set None DII DI2 Physical inputs VIL VI4 Virtual inputs LedAl Output matrix out signal Al LedTr Output matrix out signal Tr LedA Output matrix out signal LA LedB Output matrix out signal LB LedC Output matrix out signal LC LedDR Output matrix out signal DR VO1 VO6 Virtual outputs Started at Date and time of the last activation Stopped at Date and time of the last inactivation Set An editable parameter password needed EEE VAP 130 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Set An informative value which can be edited as well 3 12 Timers The VAMP protection platform includes four settable timers that can be used together with the user s programmable logic or to control setting groups and other applications that require actions based on calendar time Each timer has its own settings The selected on time and off time is set and then the activation of the timer can be set to be as daily or according the day of week See the setting parameters for details The timer outputs are available for logic functions and for the block and ou
67. V dc option B X3 17 and X3 18 8 3 Serial communication connectors The pin assignments of communication connectors including internal communication converters are presented in the following figures and tables 8 3 1 Front panel connector Figure 8 8 1 1 Pin numbering of the front panel D9S connector Pin RS232 signal Not connected Rx in Tx out DTR out 8 V GND DSR in activates this port and disables the X4 RS232 port RTS in Internally connected to pin 8 JONI 8 CTS out Internally connected to pin 7 9 No connected NOTE DSR must be connected to DTR to activate the front panel connector and disable the rear panel X4 RS232 port The other port in the same X4 connecior will not be disabled E VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 211 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 8 3 2 Rear panel connector X5 REMOTE The X5 remote port communication connector options are shown in Figure 8 3 2 1 The connector types are listed in Table 6 1 2 1 Without any internal options X5 is a TTL port for external converters Some external converters VSE are attached directly to the rear panel and X5 Some other types VEA VPA need various TTL RS 232 converter cables The available accessories are listed in chapter 12 2 amp 4 wire galvanically isolated RS 485 Figure 8 3 2 2 internal options
68. VAR Be 170 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description E f E E E 6 5 6 59 So A A as A a oS I gt setting Current Open CB Close CB CBclose state _ _ CBopen state _ _ _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Figure 5 7 2 Example sequence of two shots After shot 2 the fault is cleared 1 Current exceeds the I gt setting the start delay from shot 1 starts 2 After the start delay an OpenCB relay output closes 3 ACB opens The dead time from shot 1 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 4 The dead time from shot 1 runs out a CloseCB output relay closes 5 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 1 starts The current is still over the I gt setting 6 The discrimination time from the shot 1 runs out the OpenCB relay output closes 7 The CB opens The dead time from shot 2 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 8 The dead time from shot 2 runs out the CloseCB output relay closes 9 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 2 starts The current is now under I gt setting 10 Reclaim time starts After the reclaim time the AR sequence is successfully executed The AR function moves to wait for a new AR request in s
69. VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 12 Negative seguence current 12 11 Relative negative seguence current 12 In Negative sequence current in pu U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative negative sequence voltage IL Average Ini Ire IL3 3 Uphase Urn Average Ur Ur Ux3 3 Uline Urn Average U12 U23 U39 3 TanFii Tangent tan arccoso Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent powre rms value THDILI Total harmonic distortion of Ini THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion of Ir2 THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion of ILs THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua THDUb Total harmonic distortion of input U THDUc Total harmonic distortion of input Uc fy Frequency behind circuit breaker fz Frequency behind 2 4 circuit breaker ILirms IL1 RMS for average sampling IL2rms IL2 RMS for average sampling IL3rms IL3 RMS for average sampling Ul12y Voltage behind circuit breaker U12z Voltage behind 2 4 circuit breaker ILmin ILmax Minimum and maximum of phase currents ULLmin ULLmax Minimum and maximum of line voltages ULNmin ULNmax Minimum and maximum of phase voltages Eight indepen
70. X X X 66 N gt Frequent start protection X X X 37 I lt Undercurrent protection K K K 67N Tog gt Tog gt gt Directional earth fault protection X X X Io gt Io gt gt I gt gt gt Earth fault protection 50N 51N besss X X X 67NT lor gt Intermittent transient earth fault xX xX x protection Capacitor bank unbalance x x X protection 59C U gt Capacitor overvoltage protection X 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Residual voltage protection K K K 49 T gt Thermal overload protection K K K 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection K K 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection X X 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower X x protection 3 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Operation and configuration 1 2 1 3 Vaasa Electronics Group ala IEEE alala IEC symbol Function name ANSI code S S S gt e gt 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt Overfrequency and x x underfrequency protection 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection X X df dt Rate of change of frequency BIR ROCOF protection X X 25 Af AU AQ Synchrocheck X X 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection X X X 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages 50ARC ArcI gt Arclo gt Optional arc fault protection x x x 50NARC Arclo gt Only available when application mode is motor protection Further the relay includes a disturbance recorder Arc prot
71. accuracy of all time stamps depends on the time synchronizing of the device See chapter 3 10 for system clock synchronizing Event buffer overflow The normal procedure is to poll events from the device all the time If this is not done the event buffer will eventually overflow On the local screen this is indicated with string OVF after the event code Setting parameters for events Parameter Value Description Note Count Number of events ClrEn Clear event buffer Set Clear Order Order of the event buffer for local Set Old display New New Old FVSca Scaling of event fault value Set PU Per unit scaling Pri Primary scaling Display On Alarm pop up display is enabled Set Alarms Off No alarm display FORMAT OF EVENTS ON THE LOCAL DISPLAY Code CHENN CH event channel NN event code Event description Event channel and code in plain text yyyy mm dd Date for available date formats see chapter 3 10 hh mm ss nnn Time Disturbance recorder The disturbance recorder can be used to record all the measured signals that is currents voltages and the status information of digital inputs DI and digital outputs DO The digital inputs include also the arc protection signals 1 S2 BI and BO if the optional arc protection is available Triggering the recorder The recorder can be triggered by any start or trip signal from any protection stage or by a digital input The triggering sig
72. and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameters of the circuit breaker failure stage CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Cbrelay The supervised output relay Set 1 N Relay T1 T2 VAMP 230 245 Relay T1 T4 VAMP 255 t gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on This setting is used by the circuit breaker condition monitoring too See chapter 3 8 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp and elapsed delay Recorded values of the circuit breaker failure stage 8 latest faults CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 85 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VA
73. and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Per unit pu scaling of line to line voltages One per unit 1 pu 1xUn 100 where Un rated voltage of the VT Line to line voltage scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo 1LL Uo LLy 3LN 2LL LLy LL LLy LLz secondary gt per U U src VT pri U J3 Usec VT ori RI unit Vie U SA a U SEC N SEC N per unit gt U U VT Uy U 4 VT sec P Uy seconda SEC PU SEC SEC PU VT pri 3 VI pri Example 1 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua or Up is 110 V Per unit voltage is Upu 110 110 1 00 pu 1 00xUn 100 Example 2 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua U and U are 63 5 V Per unit voltage is Upu V3x63 5 110x12000 11000 1 00 pu 1 00xUn 100 Example 3 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 The device displays 1 00 pu 100 Secondary voltage is Userc 1 00x110x11000 12000 100 8 V Example 4 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 Un 11000 V The device displays 1 00 pu 100 gt Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua Up and Ue are Us
74. be reset via a remote communication bus or via a digital input configured for that purpose 2 1 5 Adjusting display contrast The readability of the LCD varies with the brightness and the temperature of the environment The contrast of the display can be adjusted via the PC user interface see chapter 3 2 2 Local panel operations The front panel can be used to control objects change the local remote status read the measured values set parameters and to configure relay functions Some parameters however can only be set by means of a PC connected to one of the local communication ports Some parameters are factory set 2 2 1 Navigating in menus All the menu functions are based on the main menu submenu structure 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu 2 To move to a submenu repeatedly push the RIGHT key until the required submenu is shown Correspondingly push the LEFT key to return to the main menu 3 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selected submenu If there are more than six items in the selected submenu a black line appears to the right side of the display Figure 2 2 1 1 It is then possible to scroll down in the submenu EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration scroll ENABLED STAGES 3 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Fi
75. between the neutral point of the main transformer and earth In this context high resistance means that the fault current is limited to be less than the rated phase current The trip area is a half plane as EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 33 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description drawn in Figure 2 13 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees o Cap The stage is sensitive to the capacitive component of the selected IO signal This mode is used with unearthed networks The trip area is a half plane as drawn in Figure 2 13 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees e Sector This mode is used with networks earthed with a small resistance In this context small means that a fault current may be more than the rated phase currents The trip area has a shape of a sector as drawn in Figure 2 13 3 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees or slightly on the lagging inductive side i e negative angle e Undir This mode makes the stage equal to the undirectional stage Io gt The phase angle and Uo amplitude setting are discarded Only the amplitude of the selected Io input is supervised Input signal selection Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input o for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Input Io2 for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Calculated signal Iocalc for rigidl
76. display See Figure 2 2 4 2 Log2 log two The log two is selected by pressing the RIGHT key once log2 I gt log buffer Date 2003 04 24 03 08 21 342 1 2 Log2 1 69 xin I gt 0 95 xin 13 Figure 2 2 4 2 Example of selected fault log EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 2 2 53 Operating levels The device has three operating levels User level Operator level and Configurator level The purpose of the access levels is to prevent accidental change of relay configurations parameters or settings USER level Use Possible to read e g parameter values measurements and events Opening Level permanently open Closing Closing not possible OPERATOR level Use Possible to control objects and to change e g the settings of the protection stages Opening Default password is 1 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also close the level CONFIGURATOR level Use The configurator level is needed during the commissioning of the relay E g the scaling of the voltage and current transformers can be set Opening Default password is 2 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also close the level EEE VAP 20 VAMP 24h su
77. feature can be used for instance for testing a certain function The force function can be activated as follows 1 Move to the setting state of the desired function for example DO see Chapter 2 4 on page 28 2 Select the Force function the background color of the force text is black force Pick RELAY OUTPUTS 1 Enable forcing Figure 2 8 4 1 Selecting Force function 3 Push the ENTER key 4 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the OFF text to ON that is to activate the Force function 5 Push the ENTER key to return to the selection list Choose the signal to be controlled by force with the UP and DOWN keys for instance the T1 signal 6 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selection Signal T1 can now be controlled by force 7 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the selection from 0 not alert to 1 alert or vice versa 8 Push the ENTER key to execute the forced control operation of the selected function e g making the output relay of T1 to pick up 9 Repeat the steps 7 and 8 to alternate between the on and off state of the function 10 Repeat the steps 1 4 to exit the Force function 11 Push the CANCEL key to return to the main menu NOTE All the interlockings and blockings are bypassed when the force control is used EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 27 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Operation and configuration 2 4 Con
78. for fibre optic Figure 8 3 2 3 and Profibus Figure 8 3 2 4 are available See ordering code in chapter 12 Port Pin TTL REMOTE Terminal Default RS 485 Option a X5 1 reserved Signal Ground X5 2 Tx out Receiver TTL X5 3 Rx in Receiver RxD TxD P TTL X5 4 RTS out Transmitter RTS TTL X5 5 Transmitter GND X5 6 5V X5 7 GND X5 8 RxD TxD N X5 9 8V out NOTE In VAMP device RS485 interfaces a positive voltage from Tx to Tx or Rx to Rx does correspond to the bit value 1 In X5 connector the optional RS485 is galvanically isolated NOTE In 2 wire mode the receiver and transmitter are internally connected in parallel See a table below EE VAR Be 212 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description REMOTE TTL LOCAL RS 232 REMOTE RS485 ATANAN X4 LOCAL RS 232 RS485 Figure 8 3 2 1 Pin numbering ofthe Figure 8 8 2 2 Pin numbering of the rear communication ports REMOTE rear communication ports REMOTE TTL RS 485 i Fibre RX a O 5 X5 O a O benx aa On SR ag X4 Ca ec TE Figure 8 3 2 3 Picture of rear Figure 8 3 2 4Pin numbering of the communication port REMOTE rear c
79. frequency component n 2 for 2124 harmonic etc In nth harmonic of the measured phase current n 1 15 f Average measured frequency EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 53 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description C Single phase capacitance between phase and star point This is the setting value Cser The Equation 2 17 1 gives the maximum possible voltage while the actual voltage depends on the phase angles of the involved harmonics The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase to neutral voltages Whenever this value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s definite operation delay setting a trip signal is issued Reactive power of the capacitor bank The rated reactive power is calculated as follows Equation 2 17 3 Qy De aC ae where Qn Rated reactive power of the three phase capacitor bank fn Rated frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz This is detected automatically or in special cases given by the user with parameter adapted frequency Uctn Rated voltage of a single capacitor Cser Capacitance setting which is equal to the single phase capacitance between phase and the star point Three separate capacitors connected in wye lll Y In this configuration the capacitor bank is built of three single
80. function Operating time DT 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family Curve type Time multiplier k DT IEC IEEE RI Prg EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any T lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting Operating time at definite time function Operating time at IDMT function 3 of the set value 1 or 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms E VAP ie VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 239 VAMP Lid VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault EEE VAP 240 detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Overcurrent stages I gt gt and I gt gt gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 20 00 x Imone gt gt 0 10 40 00 x Ivone I gt gt gt Definite time function Operating time 0 04 300 00 s step 0 01 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any T lt 10
81. gy t U ps 2 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD The device calculates the THDs as percentage of the base frequency for currents and voltages The device calculates the harmonics from the 224 to the 15t of phase currents and voltages The 17 harmonic component will also be shown partly in the value of the 15th harmonic component This is due to the nature of digital sampling The harmonic distortion is calculated using equation THD where hi Fundamental value ho 15 Harmonics Example hi 100A hs 10A h7 3A h 8A THD 10 3 8 _13 54 100 For reference the RMS value is RMS 1002 10 37 8 100 9A Another way to calculate THD is to use the RMS value as reference instead of the fundamental frequency value In the example above the result would then be 13 0 EEE VAP 140 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 4 4 4 5 Demand values The device calculates average i e demand values of phase currents IL1 IL2 IL3 and power values S P and Q The demand time is configurable from 10 minutes to 30 minutes with parameter Demand time Demand value parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Time 10 30 min Demand time averaging time Set Fundamental frequency values ILida A
82. input of the device Nominal current of Io input in general Nominal current of the protected motor Nominal current Rating of CT primary or secondary International Electrotechnical Commission An international standardization organisation Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 101 Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 103 Local area network Ethernet based network for computers and devices Output relays and indication LEDs can be latched which means that they are not released when the control signal is releasing Releasing of lathed devices is done with a separate action Network time protocol for LAN and WWW Active power Unit W EEE V A 2 252 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description PF Pu PT pu RMS SNTP TCS THD Uosec Ua UTC VT VTPRI VTsEc WWW Power factor The absolute value is equal to cos but the sign is for inductive i e lagging current and for capacitive i e leading current Nominal power of the prime mover Used by reverse under power protection See VT Per unit Depending of the context the per unit refers to any nominal value For example for overcurrent setting 1 pu 1KIMODE Reactive power Unit var acc IEC Root mean square Apparent p
83. inverseDelayIEEE2_EI Figure 2 29 1 13 IEEE2 very inverse Figure 2 29 1 14 IEEE extremely delay inverse delay EE VAP 102 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description RI and RXIDG type inverse time operation These two inverse delay types have their origin in old ASEA nowadays ABB earth fault relays The operation delay of types RI and RXIDG depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 29 1 4 and Equation 2 29 1 5 Actually these equations can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault Modified versions are implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 29 1 4 RI pana A o RE 0 236 0 339 T pickup Equation 2 29 1 0 RXIDG tepe 5 8 1 35In pickup t Operation delay in seconds k Users multiplier I Measured value Ipickup User s pick up setting Example for Delay type RI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2 pu 0 5 pani 23 0 339 0 236 9 The operation time in this example will be 2 3 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 29 1 15 Example for Delay type RXIDG k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2 pu fame 5 8 1 35In 5 39 EE VAP a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 103 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description The operation time i
84. is available with the IEC 103 protocol Configuration is described in document IEC 61850 communication VAMP relays VSE 006 Configuration instructions When IEC 61850 is used the Remote port protocol of the relay is set to IEC 103 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 187 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 7 Applications The following examples illustrate the versatile functions in different applications 7 1 Substation feeder protection vamp255app1 Figure 7 1 1 VAMP feeder and motor devices used in substation feeder protection The feeder device includes three phase overcurrent protection directional earth fault protection and fast arc protection At the incoming feeder the instantaneous stage I gt gt gt of the VAMP feeder devices is blocked with the start signal of the overcurrent stage This prevents the trip signal if the fault occurs on the outgoing feeder For the directional function of earth fault function the status information on off of the Petersen coil is routed to one of the digital inputs of the feeder device so that either Tosing or Locosg function is obtained The function Iosing 1s used in isolated networks and the function Iocosp is used in resistance or resonant earthed networks EEE VAP 188 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245
85. k 0 50 I 4 pu constant current Tpickup 2pu A 0 14 B 0 02 ims 0 50 0 14 50 0 02 G 2 The operation time in this example will be 5 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 29 1 1 EE VAP 96 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 600 400 600 400 200 200 100 80 60 40 100 80 60 40 20 20 delay s delay s 0 8 0 6 04 04 ke k 1 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 set 0 08 0 08 0 05 f k 0 i5 k 0 2 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 45678 10 20 I Iset inverseDelayIEC_NI I Iset inverseDelayIZC_EI Figure 2 29 1 1IEC normalinverse Figure 2 29 1 2 IEC extremely delay inverse delay 600 400 660 IEC LTI 400 200 200 100 100 60 40 60 40 20 20 delay s delay s 0 8 0 6 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 08 0 06 0 1 0 08 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 Ilset inverseDelayIEC VI T Iset inverseDelayIEC LTI Figure 2 29 1 3 IEC very inverse Figure 2 29 1 4 IEC long time delay inverse delay IEEE ANSI inverse time operation There are three different delay types according IEEE Std C37 112 1996 MI VI ED and many de facto versions according Table 2 29 1 3 The IEEE standard defines inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in the VAMP device only the trip time is inverse according the standard but the release time is constant
86. phase sections without internal interconnections between the sections The three sections are externally connected to a wye Y The single phase to star point capacitance is used as setting value Equation 2 17 4 Cser C NamePlate where CNamePlate is the capacitance of each capacitor EE VAP 54 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description In I U 10kVA 3 U 10kVA 3 U 10 kVAN3 Qion 1 05 Mvar Qsou 1 05 Mvar Qion 1 05 Mvar Qonu 1 26 Mvar Qon 1 26 Mvar Qoo 1 26 Mvar C 100 uF C 100 uF C 100 uF Cser 100 uF 0 3 14 Mvar Figure 2 17 1 Capacitor bank built of three single phase units connected in wye III Y Each capacitor is 100 uF and this value is also used as the setting value Three phase capacitor connected internally in wye Y In this configuration the capacitor bank consists of a three phase capacitor connected internally to a wye Y The single phase to star point capacitance is used as setting value Equation 2 17 5 Cser 2C gp where Cap is the name plate capacitance which is equal to capacitance between phases A and B The reactive power is calculated using Equation 2 17 3 Uy 10 kV On 3 14 Mvar Dai Myar Cser 100 uF ee 3 x 100 uF Cy 50 uF Q 3 14 Mvar Figure 2 17 2 Three phase capacitor bank connected internally in wye Y Capacitance bet
87. power is 70 MW Pulse size is 60 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 25 0 060 416 7 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 70 0 060 1166 7 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1167 0 2 2 8 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x109 417 h 14 a Example 4 Average active exported power is 1900 kW Peak active exported power is 50 MW Pulse size is 10 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 1900 10 190 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 50000 10 5000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 5000 0 2 0 5 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x108 190 h 30 a EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 125 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description VAMP device PLC Pulse counter input 1 Active exported energy pulses Pulse counter input 2 Reactive exported energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 3 Active imported _ energy pulses Pulse counter input 4 Reactive imported _ energy pulses 4 e_pulseconfl Figure 3 9 2 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common plus and using an external wetting voltage VAMP device PLC Active exported energy pulses Pulse counter input 1 Reactive exported 4 energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 2 Active imported _ energy pulses P
88. protocols are often used in power plants and in industrial applications The difference between these two protocols is the media Modbus TCP uses Ethernet and Modbus RTU uses asynchronous communication RS 485 optic fibre RS 232 VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for Modbus A separate document Modbus Parameters SWx xx pdf is also available The Modbus communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 For TCP IP configuration see chapter 6 2 8 EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 179 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 247 Modbus address for the Set device Broadcast address 0 can be used for clock synchronizing Modbus TCP uses also the TCP port settings bit s 1200 bps Communication speed for Set 2400 Modbus RTU 4800 9600 19200 Parity None Parity for Modbus RTU Set Even Odd Set An editable parameter password needed 6 2 3 Profibus DP The Profibus DP protocol is widely used in industry An inbuilt Profibus option card or external VPA 3CG is required Device profile continuous mode In this mode the device is sending a configured set of data parameters continuously to the Profibus DP master The benefit of this mode is the speed and easy access to the data in t
89. pu 140 Example 2 Secondary to per unit and percent for phase currents in motor mode excluding ArclI gt CT 750 5 Imor 525 A Current injected to the device s inputs is 7 A Per unit current is Ipu 7x750 5x525 2 00 pu 2 00 xImor 200 Example 3 Per unit to secondary for feeder mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 The device setting is 2 pu 200 Secondary current is Isra 2x5 10 A Example 4 Per unit and percent to secondary for phase currents in motor mode excluding ArcI gt CT 750 5 Imor 525 A The device setting is 2xImor 2 pu 200 Secondary current is Isra 2x5x525 750 7A Example 5 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is Io or Ioz CTo 50 1 Current injected to the device s input is 30 mA Per unit current is Iru 0 03 1 0 03 pu 3 Example 6 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is Io or Ioz CTo 50 1 The device setting is 0 03 pu 3 Secondary current is Isra 0 03x1 30 mA Example 7 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is Iocatc CT 750 5 Currents injected to the device s Ini input is 0 5 A I h 0 EEE VAP 152 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 4 11 2 Per unit current is Ipu 0 5 5 0 1 pu 10 Example 8 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is Iocalc CT 750
90. size of the transmitter buffer Tx Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Same information as in the previous menu EEE VAP a 34 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration EXTENSION PORT X4 pins 7 8 and 5 e Communication protocol for extension port X4 Protocol e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus MODBUS e Modbus addres for this slave device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Modbus bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual EXTERNAL I O protocol This is a Modbus master protocol to communicate with the extension I O modules connected to the extension port Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual SPA BUS Several instances of this prot
91. support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 This is a basic undervoltage protection The function measures the three line to line voltages and whenever the smallest of them drops below the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Blocking during VT fuse failure As all the protection stages the undervoltage function can be blocked with any internal or external signal using the block matrix For example if the secondary voltage of one of the measuring transformers disappears because of a fuse failure See VT supervision function in chapter 3 7 The blocking signal can also be a signal from the user s logic see chapter 5 8 Self blocking at very low voltage The stages can be blocked with a separate low limit setting With this setting the particular stage will be blocked when the biggest of the three line to line voltages drops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless tripping when voltage is switched off If the operating time is less than 0 08 s the blocking level setting should not be less than 15 to the blocking action to be enough fast The self blocking can be disabled by setting the low voltage block limit equal to zero
92. the wearing of the CB accordingly the permissible cycle diagram The breaking current is registered when the trip relay supervised by the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is activated See chapter 2 26 for CBFP and the setting parameter CBrelay Breaker curve and its approximation The permissible cycle diagram is usually available in the documentation of the CB manufacturer Figure 3 8 1 The diagram specifies the permissible number of cycles for every level of the breaking current This diagram is parameterised to the condition monitoring function with maximum eight current cycles points See Table 3 8 1 If less than eight points needed the unused points are set to Ipic 1 where Isra is more than the maximum breaking capacity If the CB wearing characteristics or part of it is a straight line on a log log graph the two end points are enough to define that part of the characteristics This is because the device is using logarithmic interpolation for any current values falling in between the given current points 2 8 The points 4 8 are not needed for the CB in Figure 3 8 1 Thus they are set to 100 kA and one operation in the table to be discarded by the algorithm EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 119 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 100000 10000 1000 Number of permitted operations 4 h i 10
93. to build selective arc protection systems Selection of the BO connected signal s is done with the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BO is an internally wetted 48 Vdc signal for BI of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP Delayed light indication signal There is a delayed light indication output signal available for building selective arc protection systems Any light source combination and a delay can be configured The resulting signal is available in the output matrix to be connected to BO output relays etc Pick up scaling The per unit pu values for pick up setting are based on the current transformer values ArclI gt 1 pu 1xIn rated phase current CT value Arclo1 gt 1 pu 1xlIoin rated residual current CT value for input Io1 Arclo2 gt 1 pu 1xloen rated residual current CT value for input Ioe Parameters of arc protection stages Arcl gt ArcloiA Arclo2 gt SOARC 50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Start Light detected according ArcIn F Trip Light and overcurrent detected F LCntr Cumulative light indication C counter S1 S2 or BI SCntr Cumulative light indication C counter for the selected inputs according parameter ArcIn TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically rese
94. type has value 2Arc BI O Please check the ordering code in chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the DI19 DI20 digital input card this option is not available but there is still one arc sensor channel available See chapter 8 5 The optional arc protection card includes two arc sensor channels The arc sensors are connected to terminals X6 4 5 and 6 7 The arc information can be transmitted and or received through digital input and output channels This is a 48 V dc signal Connections X6 1 Binary input BD X6 2 Binary output BO X6 3 Common for BI and BO X6 4 5 Sensor 1 X6 6 7 Sensor 2 EE VAR Be 214 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 5 The binary output of the arc option card may be activated by the arc sensors or by any available signal in the output matrix The binary output can be connected to an arc binary input of another VAMP protection device Optional digital IJO card DI19 DI20 NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card type has value Arc 2DI With DI19 DI20 option only one arc sensor channel is available Please check the ordering code in chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the two channel arc sensor card chapter 8 4 this option is not available The DI19 D120 option enables two more digital inputs These inputs are
95. voltage U12 V U23 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U23 V U31 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U31 V UL U PHASE VOLTAGES for the three phase voltages V ULI j U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL1 V UL2 ki U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL2 V UL3 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL3 V Uo U SYMMETRIC Residual voltage Uo VOLTAGES U1 U SYMMETRIC Positive sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U1 U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage related to VOLTAGES positive sequence voltage THDU U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of voltages THDUa U HARM DISTORTION _ Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input a THDUb U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input b THDUc U HARM DISTORTION _ Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input c Diagram U HARMONICS of Ua Harmonics of voltage input Ua See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Ub Harmonics of voltage input Ub See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Uc Harmonics of voltage input Uc See Figure 2 3 2 1 Count U VOLT INTERRUPTS Voltage interrupts counter Prev U VOLT INTERRUPTS Previous interruption Total a U VOLT INTERRUPTS Total duration of voltage interruptions days hours Prev ki U VOLT INTERRUPTS Duration of previous interruption
96. 0 200 500 1000 10000 100000 Breaked current A CBWEARcharacteristics Figure 3 8 1 An example of a circuit breaker wearing characteristic graph Table 3 8 1 An example of circuit breaker wearing characteristics in a table format The value are taken from the figure above The table is edited with VAMPSET under menu BREAKER CURVE Point Interrupted current Number of permitted kA operations 1 0 mechanical age 10000 2 1 25 rated current 10000 3 31 0 maximum breaking current 80 4 100 1 5 100 1 6 100 1 7 100 1 8 100 1 Setting alarm points There are two alarm points available having two setting parameters each e Current The first alarm can be set for example to nominal current of the CB or any application typical current The second alarm can be set for example according a typical fault current e Operations left alarm limit An alarm is activated when there are less operation left at the given current level than this limit Any actual interrupted current will be logarithmically weighted for the two given alarm current levels and the number of operations left at the alarm points is decreased accordingly When the operations left i e the number of remaining operations goes under the given alarm limit an alarm signal is issued to the output matrix Also an event is generated depending on the event enabling EE VAP 120 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM2
97. 1 IL2 and IL3 I gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value I gt xImode Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 29 IEEE Set IEEE2 Pre 1996 RI PrgN EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 17 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameter Value Unit Description Note Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 29 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 29 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the overcurrent stages I gt gt gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal
98. 1L Frequency protection is used for load sharing loss of mains detection and as a backup protection for over speeding The frequency function measures the frequency from the two first voltage inputs At least one of these two inputs must have a voltage connected to be able to measure the frequency Whenever the frequency crosses the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued For situations where no voltage is present an adapted frequency is used See chapter 1 2 Protection mode for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt stages These two stages can be configured either for overfrequency or for underfrequency Under voltage self blocking of underfrequency stages The underfrequency stages are blocked when biggest of the three line to line voltages is below the low voltage block limit setting With this common setting LVBlk all stages in underfrequency mode are blocked when the voltage drops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless alarms when the voltage is off Initial self blocking of underfrequency stages When the biggest of the three line to line voltages has been below the block limit the under frequency stages will be blocked until the pick up setting has been reached Four independent frequency stages There are four separately adjustable frequency stag
99. 2 la A2 1 amp 14 i e AS hal 8 Uo da Zero sequence voltage Uo da me 20 3 20 NO EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 203 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Terminal X2 No Symbol Description 11 1 212 2 39 3 4 4 5 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6l 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7118 7 A4 Alarm relay 4 8l 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 9 O 9 s WO 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector u 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 161 16 IFCOM Internal fault relay common connector 171 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 O0 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X2 with analog output No Symbol Description 1 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 21 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 3l 3 AO2 Analog output 2 p
100. 2 The block diagram of the synchrocheck and the controlling object Please note that the wiring of the secondary circuits of voltage transformers to the device terminal depends on the selected voltage measuring mode EE VAP 80 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Table 2 25 1 Voltage measurement modes for synchrocheck function Voltage Terminals Signals in Signals in Signals in input mode mode mode 1LL Uo LLy 2LL LLy LL LLy LLz Ua X1 11 12 Ui Uiz Uiz Ub X1 13 14 Ui2y U23 Ui2y Ue X1 17 18 Uo Ui2y U23z Number of 1 1 2 synchrocheck stages Availability of Uo Yes No No and directional Io stages Power measurement 1 phase power 3 phase power 1 phase power symmetrical unsymmetrical symmetrical loads loads loads The following application examples show the correct connection of the voltage inputs In the Figure 2 25 3 and Figure 2 25 4 the applications require only one stage Voltage measuring modes are 1LL Uo LLy and 2LL LLy Two stages are needed for the application presented in Figure 2 25 5 Voltage measuring mode is LL LLy LLz EE VAR ne VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 81 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description
101. 20 0 64 Setting value Period 8h Month Length of the observation Day period Week Month Date Date Time Time EEE V A 2 116 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Measured and recorded values of voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Voltage LOW Current voltage status value OK U1 Measured positive sequence voltage Recorded Count Number of voltage sags values during the current observation period Prev i Number of voltage sags during the previous observation period Total s Total summed time of voltage sags during the current observation period Prev s Total summed time of voltage sags during the previous observation period 3 6 Current transformer supervision The device supervise the external wiring between the device terminals and current transformers CT and the CT them selves Furthermore this is a safety function as well since an open secondary of a CT causes dangerous voltages The CT supervisor function measures phase currents If one of the three phase currents drops below Imin lt setting while another phase current is exceeding the Imax gt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has elapsed Setting parameters of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value U
102. 2nd to 15t harmonics and THD of X X voltages Communication TEC 60870 5 103 X X X IEC 60870 5 101 X X X IEC 61850 X X X Modbus TCP X X X Modbus RTU X X X Profibus DP X X X SPAbus communication X X X DNP 3 0 X X X Man Machine Communication K K K display Man Machine Communication PC K K K Hardware Number of phase current CT s 3 3 3 Number of residual current CT s 2 2 2 Number of voltage input VT s 3 1 3 Number of digital inputs 6 6 18 Number of extra digital inputs 2 2 2 r with the DI19 DI20 option Number of trip outputs 2 2 4 Number of alarm outputs 6 6 6 including IF Number of optional mA outputs 4 4 4 RTD inputs 4 16 4 16 4 16 Only available when application mode is motor protection Only one arc channel is available with DI19 D120 option VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 EE VAR ne VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 4 Function dependencies 2 4 1 Application modes The application modes available are the feeder protection mode and the motor protection mode In the feeder protection mode all current dependent protection functions are relative to nominal current In derived by CT ratios The motor protection functions are unavailable in the feeder protection mode In the motor protection mode all current dependent protection functions are relative to motor s nominal current Imot The motor protection mode enables motor protection
103. 4 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Min2 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Min3 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Avel Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Ave2 Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Ave3 Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Max1 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Max2 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Max3 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 3 5 Voltage interruptions The device includes a simple function to detect voltage interruptions The function calculates the number of voltage interruptions and the total time of the voltage off time within a given calendar period The period is based on the real time clock of the device The available periods are 8 hours 00 00 08 00 08 00 16 00 16 00 24 00 one day 00 00 24 00 one week Monday 00 00 Sunday 24 00 one month the first day 00 00 the last day 24 00 one year 1st January 00 00 31st December 24 00 After each period the number of interruptions and the total interruption time are stored as previous values The inter
104. 5 The device setting is 0 1 pu 10 96 gt If Ine lrs 0 then secondary current to Ir is Isra 0 1x5 0 5 A Voltage scaling Primary secondary scaling of line to line voltages Line to line voltage scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo 3LN A i Vor V3 U VT eri secondary gt primary PRI SEC PRI T O SEC VT kc VT sec i pe VT sec U pri T sec primary gt secondary U SEC U PRI U sec B i VT prr 3 VT prr Example 1 Secondary to primary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua or U is 100 V gt Primary voltage is Uprr 100x12000 110 10909 V Example 2 Secondary to primary Voltage measurement mode is 3 LN VT 12000 110 Three phase symmetric voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua Ub and Uc are 57 7 V gt Primary voltage is UPri V3x58x12000 110 10902 V Example 3 Primary to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 The device displays Upri 10910 V gt Secondary voltage is Usec 10910x110 12000 100 V Example 4 Primary to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3 LN VT 12000 110 The device displays U12 U23 Usi 10910 V gt Symmetric secondary voltages at Ua U and Uc are Usrc 10910 V3x110 12000 57 7 V4 E VAP 2 VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 153 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder
105. 5 e e e e e e e e Figure 5 7 1 Auto reclose matrix The AR matrix above defines which signals the start and trip signals from protection stages or digital input are forwarded to the auto reclose function In the AR function the AR signals can be configured to initiate the reclose sequence Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own enabled disabled flag If more than one AR signal activates at the same time AR1 has highest priority and AR2 the lowest Each AR signal has an independent start delay for the shot 1 If a higher priority AR signal activates during the start delay the start delay setting will be changed to that of the highest priority AR signal After the start delay the circuit breaker CB will be opened if it is closed When the CB opens a dead time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own dead time setting After the dead time the CB will be closed and a discrimination time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own discrimination time setting If a critical signal is activated during the discrimination time the AR function makes a final trip The CB will then open and the AR sequence is locked Closing the CB manually clears the locked state After the discrimination time has elapsed the reclaim time timer starts If any AR signal is activated during the reclaim time or the discrimination time the AR function moves to the next shot The reclaim time setting is common for every shot If the r
106. 5 8 1 REafpaANeEIMiew aaa aana estat anaa aana anana eaaa anane 195 Gi ll VAMP 255 ananira ea aaa aa bana a ang aa a ne pe dan ana a 195 812 VAMP 245 aaa anaa gak a an agak ag a anaes 201 Belge VAMP 230 Ace pamela rae at eee 206 8 2 AusKillary voltage aaaaaaaaaaaenaan anana aaannn anana ne aena nean neee 211 8 3 Serial communication CONNMNECTOS aaa eaaa anane 211 8 3 1 Front panel CONNECICI aaaaaaaanana aana anana nne 211 8 3 2 Rear panel connector X5 REMOTE c0 212 8 3 3 X4 rear panel connector local RS232 and extension RS485 ports aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aana nane nana ann nane na wanen ene 213 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection Ccard 214 8 5 Optional digital I O card DING DIZO assciciscciaierannten 215 8 6 External I O extension modules sivssicsessdeetcevsdcss edtenees 216 8 6 1 External LED module VAM 16D scccsseceees 216 8 6 2 External input output module eeseesssseesessssereee 216 8 7 Block diAagraMsS esssssessseserssssssessserersssssseserereessssssesreee 220 871 VAMP 255 anaa eaaa nang a nag a aa gena r abet 220 8 7 2 VAMP 245 aaa ag sap aana pas ag at 222 OL VAMP 230 aaa angan aana aga a aaa TOE nT Seo Pahan 224 8 8 Block diagrams of OPTION Modules 0eaaaaaee 226 8 8 1 Optional arc Protection cccccccccccsssessccressecsees 226 8 8 2 Optional DI19 D120 aaeaaee anana anana a aana aana aane 226 8 9
107. 55 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Clearing operations left counters After the breaker curve table is filled and the alarm currents are defined the wearing function can be initialised by clearing the decreasing operation counters with parameter Clear Clear oper left cntrs After clearing the device will show the maximum allowed operations for the defined alarm current levels Operation counters to monitor the wearing The operations left can be read from the counters All Ln Alarm 1 and Al2Ln Alarm2 There are three values for both alarms one for each phase The smallest of three is supervised by the two alarm functions Logarithmic interpolation The permitted number of operations for currents in between the defined points are logarithmically interpolated using equation Equation 3 8 1 ces 1 C permitted operations where I interrupted current a constant according Equation 3 8 2 n constant according Equation 3 8 3 Equation 3 8 2 In i k l n In Le k Equation 3 8 3 a C 1 In natural logarithm function Cx permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ik corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Cx 1 permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ik 1 corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Example of the logarithmic interpolation Alarm 2 current is set to 6 kA What is the m
108. 90XAA N Oo b y ym T w N 7 9 11 13 15 19 IL3 S1 5 Uo dn 1 7 IL1 6D 4 mas 3 O LL Z z Su FLOWSY 19071 Oo x KO oO x O KO se A Ai A A A3 COM A3 NC A3 NO A2 COM A2NC A2NO IF COM IF NC IF NO J a Oo ON se Ke ea oa SE NG a ka A N N t Q0 Oo 6 9 Q yo o FA A A A A A o 448 8 E B a 8 4 fo Dp p a lt lt Figure 8 1 2 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 245 E VA a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 201 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description ep on 6S VS 1601 S VI AOI ZS ETI 25 ZU ES TTI VO90XAA Tp I1S VS 1601 IS VI AOI TS ETI TS TI TS TTI zez s W901 LL LOW x O oC J 000 ooo NE at x lt 0000 ooo lt No609069099296906909906090 SOV EO
109. AMPSEHT software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx single line diagram I Bay i OA 0 000A OkW OKvar Figure 2 4 9 1 Single line diagram Blocking and interlocking configuration The configuration of the blockings and interlockings is done with the VAMPSET software Any start or trip signal can be used for blocking the operation of any protection stage Furthermore the interlocking between objects can be configured in the same blocking matrix of the VAMPSET software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 37 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 3 VAMPSET PC software The PC user interface can be used for On site parameterization of the relay Loading relay software from a computer e Reading measured values registered values and events to a computer e Continuous monitoring of all values and events Two RS 232 serial ports are available for connecting a local PC with VAMPSEHT to the relay one on the front panel and one on the rear panel of the relay These two serial ports are connected in parallel However if the connection cables are connected to both ports only the port on the front panel will be active To connect a PC to a serial port use a connection cable of type VX 003 3 The VAMPSET program can also use TCP IP LAN connec
110. Addr This address has to be unique within the system Profibus converter type Conv If the shown type is a dash either Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC For details see the technical description part of the manual DNP3 Only one instance of this protocol is possible Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 Parity Addres for this device SlvAddr This address has to be unique within the system Master s addres MstrAddr For further details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 101 Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 Parity Link layer address for this device LLAddr ASDU address ALAddy For further details see the technical description part of the manual EEE VAP 36 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration 2 4 9 2 4 10 TCP IP These TCP IP parameters are used by the ethernet interface module For changing the nnn nnn nnn nnn style parameter values VAMPSET is recommended IP address IpAddr Net mask NetMsk Gateway Gatew Name server NameSw Network time protocol NTP server NTPSvyr Protocol port for IP Port Default is 502 Single line diagram editing The single line diagram is drawn with the V
111. Cumulative start counter Fit Maximum I I fault component EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping 2 8 Current unbalance protection l2 gt 46 Current unbalance in a motor causes double frequency currents in the rotor This warms up the surface of the rotor and the available thermal capacity of the rotor is much less than the thermal capacity of the whole motor Thus an rms current based overload protection see chapter 2 19 is not capable to protect a motor against current unbalance The current unbalance protection is based on the negative sequence of the base frequency phase currents Both definite time and inverse time characteristics are available Inverse delay The inverse delay is based on the following equation Equation 2 8 1 T 5 where ae I yor i T Operation time K Delay multiplier Ip Measured and calculated negative sequence phase current of fundamental frequency Imor Nominal current of the motor Ke Pick up setting I gt in pu The maximum allowed degree of unbalance Example Ki 15s Ig 22 9 0 229 xImor Ke 5 0 05 xImor EEE VAP 26 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description t gt 300 4 2 222 0 05 The operation time in this example will be five minutes More stages definite time delay only If more than one definite time delay stages ar
112. DI18 Digital input 13 9 9 DI14 Digital input 14 o 10 DI15 Digital input 15 11 DI16 Digital input 16 12 12 D117 Digital input 17 13 13 DI18 Digital input 18 14 14 COM2 Common potential of digital inputs 13 18 15 15 T4 Trip relay 4 16 16 T4 Trip relay 4 7 17 T3 Trip relay 3 18 18 T3 Trip relay 3 VAMP E VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 199 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Terminal X6 No Symbol Description S 1 BI External arc light input 2 BO Arc light output Y 3 COM Common connector of arc light I O 4 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector 5 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector 6 S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector gt 7 S2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 DI20 option Symbol Description DI19 Digital input 19 DI19 Digital input 19 DI20 Digital input 20 DI20 Digital input 20 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free EE VAP 200 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 1 2 VAMP 245 3 8 3 83 S olnu 44tl Ol olo VO
113. DI2 5 6 Arc Arc card fault SelfDiag3 7 SecPulse MandWare error 8 RangeChk DB Setting outside range 9 CPULoad OS overload 19 A Internal voltage fault 11 15V 12 ITemp Internal temperature too high 13 ADChk1 A D converter error 14 ADChk2 A D converter error 15 MSB E2prom E2prom error SelfDiag4 0 LSB 12V Internal voltage fault 1 ComBuff BUS buffer error The error code is displayed in self diagnostic events and on the diagnostic menu on local panel and VAMPSET E VAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 135 VM255 EN021 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 3 15 Short circuit fault location The manager includes a sophisticated stand alone fault location algorithm The algorithm can locate a short circuit accurately in radially operated networks The fault location is given in reactance value and also the distance to the fault is displayed on the local HMI This value can then be exported for example with event to a DMS Distribution Management System The system can then localize the fault If a DMS is not available the distance to the fault is displayed as kilometres as well as a reactance value However the distance value is valid only if the line reactance is set correctly Furthermore the line should be homogenous that is the wire type of the line should be the same for the whole length If there are several wire types on the same line an avera
114. EEETELEEERE TE Mss A A 5 LILI ZNAN NINEN a Infeed 1 IE EGE oe Ea R A Infeed 2 Figure 2 25 5 Two synchrocheck stages needed with LL LLy LLz mode Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF The circuit breaker failure protection can be used to trip any upstream circuit breaker CB if the fault has not disappeared within a given time after the initial trip command A different output contact of the device must be used for this backup trip The operation of the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is based on the supervision of the signal to the selected trip relay and the time the fault remains on after the trip command If this time is longer than the operating time of the CBFP stage the CBFP stage activates another output relay which will remain activated until the primary trip relay resets The CBFP stage is supervising all the protection stages using the same selected trip relay since it supervises the control signal of this device See chapter 5 4 for details about the output matrix and the trip relays EEE VAP 84 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder
115. Equal times t tmin will give a definite time delay characteristics Although the frequency slope fluctuates the stage will not release but continues to calculate the average slope since the initial pick up At the defined operation time t 0 6 s the average slope is 0 75 Hz s This exceeds the setting and the stage will trip EEE VAP 74 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description At slope settings less than 0 7 Hz s the fastest possible operation time is limited according the Figure 2 24 2 0 6 Fastest possible operation time setting s 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 3 05 6 0 71 08 Slope setting df dt Hz s 0 714 Figure 2 24 2 At very sensitive slope settings the fastest possible operation time is limited according the figure Inverse operation time characteristics By setting the second delay parameter tmin smaller than the operational delay t an inverse type of operation time characteristics is achieved Figure 2 24 3 Figure 2 24 4 shows an example where the frequency behaviour is the same as in the first figure but the tmin setting is 0 15 s instead of being equal with t The operation time depends of the measured average slope according the following equation Equation 2 24 1 _ Sser lf ser oo is where tTRIP Resulting operation time seconds SSET df dt i e slope setting
116. Error Com 3 Alarm Trip A B c a 4 NO 4 AWe OO VY062B Figure 2 1 1 The front panel of VAMP 255 LCD dot matrix display Keypad LED indicators RS 232 serial communication port for PC ale ee EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 5 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Operation and configuration 2 1 1 Vaasa Electronics Group Display The relay is provided with a backlightedt 128x64 LCD dot matrix display The display enables showing 21 characters in one row and eight rows at the same time The display has two different purposes one is to show the single line diagram of the relay with the object status measurement values identification etc Figure 2 1 1 1 The other purpose is to show the configuration and parameterization values of the relay Figure 2 1 1 2 Figure 2 1 1 1 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Freely configurable single line diagram Five controllable objects Six object statuses Bay identification Local Remote selection Auto reclose on off selection if applicable SO Ot e po D Freely selectable measurement values max six values led2 Figure 2 1 1 2 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Main menu column The heading of the active menu The cursor of the main menu Possible navigating directions push buttons Measured setting parameter oF Sto DO E Measured set value
117. GrpDI Digital The input for changing inputs the setting group SetGrp 1 2 1 The active setting group Measured and recorded values of synchrocheck stages SyC1 SyC2 25 Parameter Values Unit Description Measured df Hz Measured frequency values difference dU Un deg Measured voltage amplitude and phase angle difference UState Voltage status e g DD SState Synchrocheck status ReqTime Request time status f Hz Measured frequency reference side fy Hz Measured frequency comparison side U12 Un Measured voltage reference side U12y Un Measured voltage comparison side Recorded ReqCntr Request counter values SyncCntr Synchronising counter FailCntr Fail counter f Hz Recorded frequency reference side fy Hz Recorded frequency comparison side U12 Un Recorded voltage reference side U12y Un Recorded voltage comparison side dAng Deg Recorded phase angle difference when close command is given from the function dAngC Deg Recorded phase angle difference when the circuit breaker actually closes EDly The elapsed time compared to the set request timeout setting 100 timeout EE VAR ie VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 79 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 1 Please note that the labels parameter names change according
118. HASE 1 Active power of phase 2 kW PL3 g P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 3 kW QL1 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 1 kvar QL2 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 2 kvar QL3 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 3 kvar SL1 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 1 KVA SL2 i P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 2 kVA SL3 7 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 3 kVA PF_L1 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 1 PF_L2 S P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 2 PF_L3 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 3 cos P COS amp TAN Cosine phi tan i P COS amp TAN Tangent phi cosL1 PICOS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L1 cosL2 PICOS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L2 cosL3 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L3 Iseq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual current phase sequency OK Reverse Useq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual voltage phase sequency OK Reverse Iog P PHASE SEQUENCIES Io Uo angle Io29 P PHASE SEQUENCIES Io2 Uo angle fAdop T P PHASE SEQUENCIES Adopted frequency Hz E E ENERGY Exported energy MWh Eqt E ENERGY Exported reactive energy Mvar E E ENERGY Imported energy MWh Eq E ENERGY Imported reactive energy Mvar E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of exported energy VAMP E VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 23 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Operat
119. M255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 X3 17 X3 18 X1 1 X1 2 X1 3 X1 4 X1 5 X1 6 X1 7 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10 X1 11 X1 12 X1 13 X1 14 X1 17 X1 18 X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 D14 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DI6 Option Block Protection functions 67 50 51 59 gt gt 3 gt u gt U gt gt 46 gt 5ON 51N L gt l gt gt gt lo gt gt 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt SONARC Arcl gt Arcl gt SOARC Arcl gt 48 I gt 37 3i lt 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser Blocking and matrix output matrix X2 1 X2 2 X2 3 X2 4 X2 5 X2 6 X2 7 X2 8 VAMP230blockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 3 2 Block diagram of VAMP 230 with mA option included E VA a VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 225 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 8 8 Block diagrams of option modules 8 8 1 Optional arc protection Options X6 1 BI BI O X6 2 BO X6 3 comm _ X64L1 X65 L1 ib X66 L2 __ X67 L2 o EEEE E E Nai ARC_option_block_diagram Figure 8 8 1
120. MP Ltd Technical description 2 27 Programmable stages 99 For special applications the user can built his own protection stages by selecting the supervised signal and the comparison mode The following parameters are available e Priority If operation times less than 60 milliseconds are needed select 10 ms For operation times under one second 20 ms is recommended For longer operation times and THD signals 100 ms is recommended e Link The name of the supervised signal see table below e Cmp Compare mode gt for over or lt for under comparison e Pick up Limit of the stage The available setting range and the unit depend on the selected signal e T Definite time operation delay e Hyster Dead band hysteresis e NoCmp Only used with compare mode under lt This is the limit to start the comparison Signal values under NoCmp are not regarded as fault Table 2 27 1Available signals to be supervised by the programmable stages IL1 IL2 IL3 Phase currents Tol Residual current input Io1 102 Residual current input Io2 U12 U23 U31 Line to line voltages UL1 UL2 UL3 Phase to ground voltages Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Active power Q Reactive power S Apparent power Cos Fii Cosine IoCalc Phasor sum Ini Itz Ins 11 Positive seguence current E VAR i 86 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264
121. N WUO 32768 32767 0 65535 XEN TEA pexury Surpuods Iros nes sngpow uN TEA peyury sutpuodses100 on BA snqpoW YSuIploy 10 yynduy d4 Joystser sngpow 66661 yndyno ay 40 19751394 sngpowW LP UT aolAap QJ 24 Jo ssaappe sngpow os XLW SNQpoyy 0 Sutpuodses109 A 2 NIBA paut a0 TUN WNWIXEN T rt an at 8 UIN snqpoyr 0 Sutpuodsa409 x ngea poun 40 yur wmututN uorgo j s JUNT LOTXTZ sang ndino wnwrxeu 29 tUNWUTUTN TULOTKIG NIBA 9A19W BO UO JUSWIAINSOUI 10 ZULU osuey uorndraosag VAMP E Vaasa Electronics Group VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 219 VM255 EN021 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd 8 7 8 7 1 Block diagrams VAMP 255 tion Block X3 1 48V X3 2 D11 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 D14 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DI6 X7 1 DI7 X7 2 DI8 X7 3 DIO X7 4 DI10 X7 5 D11 X7 6 D112 X7 7 comm X7 8 D113 9 D14 X7 10 DI15 X7 11 D6 X7 12 DAT X7 13 D118 X7 14 comm NI NIN Protection functions 67 50 51 3 gt 3 gt 46 gt 5ON 51N b gt l gt 1 gt gt l gt 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt SONARC Arcl gt Arcl gt 50ARC Arcl gt 48 L gt 37 3 lt 79 Auto Reclose Autorec
122. NARC Arelo gt Supporting functions Event log K K K Disturbance recorder K K K Cold load pick up and inrush x x current detection Voltage sags and swells K K Voltage interruptions K K Circuit breaker condition os X X monitoring Current transformer supervision X X Voltage transformer supervision X X Energy pulse outputs X X System clock and synchronization X X X Running hour counter X X X Timer X X X VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 13 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd IEEE S 3 8 ANSI code IEC symbol Function name gt e Combined overcurrent status K K K Self supervision K K K Measurement and control functions 31 Three phase current K K K To Neutral current K K K k Current unbalance X X X i and maximum demand X x X 3U Phase and line voltages X X Uo Zero sequence voltage X X X U2 Voltage unbalance X X Xfault Short circuit fault reactance X X f System frequency X X X P Active power X X Q Reactive power X X S Apparent power X X 79 0 1 Auto reclose E E Active Energy exported imported X X Reactive Energy exported X X Eq Eq imported PF Power factor K K Phasor diagram view of voltages K K Phasor diagram view of currents K K K 2nd to 15t harmonics and THD of K K X currents
123. OM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IFNC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 lt 18 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector EE VAR Be 198 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Terminal X3 No Symbol Description 1 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 2 DIL Digital input 1 3 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 8 9 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 10 A1NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 11 Al1NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 14 Tl Trip relay 1 15 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 16 z 17 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage Terminal X7 No Symbol Description 1 1 DI7 Digital input 7 2 2 DI8 Digital input 8 3 3 DI9 Digital input 9 4 4 DI10 Digital input 10 5 5 DI11 Digital input 11 6l 6 DI12 Digital input 12 7 amp 7 COM1 Common potential of digital inputs 7 12 8l 8
124. P 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 29 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description If the measured current is less than the specified start current Igrart the operation time will be longer than the specified start time Tsrart and vice versa 2 11 30 Motor nom Delay Definite inverse Inverse delay start current time Istlohko Enable events Figure 2 10 2 Block diagram of the stall protection stage Ist gt Parameters of the stall protection stage Ist gt 48 Parameter Value unit Description Setting ImotSt xImot Nominal motor starting values current Ist gt Imot Motor start detection current Must be less than initial motor starting current Type DT Operation charact definite time Inv Operation charact inverse time tDT gt s Operation time s tInv gt s Time multiplier at inverse time Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt xImot Max value of fault EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping Frequent start protection N gt 66 The simplest way to start an asynchronous motor is just to switch the stator windings to the supply voltages However every such start will heat up the motor considerably because the initial currents are significantly above the rated current If the motor manufacturer has defined the m
125. PROTOCOL Change will cause autoboot Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 1 Example of auto reset display Press CANCEL to return to the setting view If a parameter must be changed press the ENTER key again The parameter can now be set When the parameter change is confirmed with the ENTER key a RESTART text appears to the top right corner of the display This means that auto resetting is EEE VAP 28 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration pending If no key is pressed the auto reset will be executed within few seconds 2 4 1 Parameter setting 1 Move to the setting state of the desired menu for example CONF CURRENT SCALING by pushing the ENTER key The Pick text appears in the upper left part of the display 2 Enter the password associated with the configuration level by pushing the INFO key and then using the arrow keys and the ENTER key default value is 0002 For more information about the access levels please refer to Chapter 2 2 5 3 Scroll through the parameters using the UP and DOWN keys A parameter can be set if the background color of the line is black If the parameter cannot be set the parameter is framed 4 Select the desired parameter for example Inom with the ENTER key 5 Use the UP and DOWN keys to change a parameter value If the value contains more than one digit use the LEFT and RIGHT keys to s
126. S F Lj Lene a a es ee SRR EB ER SBR RE RR RE BER EB X2 X6 BAEAN T m jo lt jo jojmjojoj 2 SN 2 32 e 2 i e FER RESS atene dl Figure 8 1 1 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 255 VA a VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 195 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 35 a e pA 28 6 5 3 sos lt WO9OKAN jis e oe gt Sle SiR lt xt a ite ite N a S 12 s 3 113 1 5 ce a 1v901 5 e GE KE AEZH s7 T gt 2S S22 12112 gaz 55 Figure 8 1 1 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 255 with mA option E VAN P 196 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description The feeder and motor manager VAMP 255 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through
127. Sport Default 23 VAMPSET port for IP Set Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Errors since the device Clr has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing EEE VAP 178 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 6 1 5 Optional 61850 interface 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 With this option the relay has two communication connectors in the rear panel X5 RJ 45 connector 61850 interface Ethernet 10 100 Base T and X4 D connector Local port and Extension port Communication protocols This protocols enable the transfer of the following type of data events status information measurements control commands clock synchronizing Settings SPA bus and embedded SPA bus only PC communication PC communication is using a VAMP specified command line interface The VAMPSET program can communicate using the local RS 232 port or using TCP IP and ethernet interface It is also possible to select SPA bus protocol for the local port and configure the VAMPSET to embed the command line interface inside SPA bus messages For TCP IP configuration see chapter 6 2 8 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU These Modbus
128. TENSION port protocol to ExternallO restart the device and read all settings with VAMPSET EEE VAP 216 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description External analog inputs configuration VAMPSET only EXTERNAL ANALOG INPUTS om owoc a A O3 Oodi O TA o A oo AH ae lt o So mi a SS gt as S NO ol amp D a a om an O 5 lt Q T mM g N S ss g g nd 5 S Ss Rm o je m aa S A p IN 5 N oo 1 iS x WA 3 s p g Scaling 5 gt n g 3 i 5 9 2 o X1 Modbus value 5 2 e gt e 5 Su ag S 2 ge 3 F g a g aS z 5 aS aq poe 3 Y1 Scaled value 3 al 2 3 E A g g 7 a 2 nD bp a L a B gz 2 X2 Modbus value B n amp B 2 ag a nN 7 2 on a S 4 z 2 A A 5 D S E Y2 Scaled value S 3 E S Subtracted from Modbus S 3 offset value before running XY scaling Alarms for external analog inputs EXTERNAL ANALOG INPUT ALARMS ua D jang lang Oo g 3s D g rs E rc 2 e q a a 2 S N fond a A s Gy g lt x N lt Ma Mm Oo a a 7 a S n 5 Q o Alarm gt Alarm gt gt z 9 a i g 2 5 g 3 aan fe v g 3 3 S 3 5g bo op E B 2g g S g g jen 9 2 n Q gt oC B oC B 2 2 5 SS o 3 g 3 o 5 o Dcn gt a Q D amp ome ug 3 o n o an O o S a D Q gt
129. TL RS232 Converter Cable for VPA 3 CG or VMA 3 CG TTL RS232 Converter Cable for Modem MD42 ILPH Arc Sensor Raising Frame for 200 serie Raising Frame for 200 serie Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 4m Cable length 6m Height 40mm Height 60mm EE V A VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 255 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 13 13 1 Revision history Manual revision history VM255 ENO001 VM255 EN002 VM255 EN003 VM255 EN004 VM255 EN005 VM255 EN006 VM255 EN008 VM255 EN016 VM255 EN017 VM255 EN019 VM255 EN020 First revision Editorial changes Overfrequency protection replaced with configurable frequency protection fX and fXX More editorial changes Wrong pin assignments corrected on page 68 Specifications for Io gt and Io gt gt corrected Meas interval item added to IEC 103 and intermittent time item to Iodir gt New items added also to the AR function Capacitor bank unbalance protection Timers and Voltage sags and swells headings added Iodir gt gt specifications revised From this version onwards the manual applies also to VAMP 245 and VAMP 230 From this version onwards the manual applies also to motor protection functions Synchrocheck function and DNP 3 0 protocol added Programmable inverse delay curves added Needed chan
130. Tels EE VAR ne VM255 EN021 General This first part Operation and configuration of the publication contains general descriptions of the functions of the generator protection relay as well as operation instructions It also includes instructions for parameterization and configuration of the relay and instructions for changing settings The second part Technical description of the publication includes detailed protection function descriptions as well as application examples and technical data sheets The Mounting and Commissioning Instructions are published in a separate publication with the code VMMC ENOxx Relay features The comprehensive protection functions of the relay make it ideal for utility industrial marine and off shore power distribution applications The relay features the following protection functions List of protection functions VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 AKA IEEE 2 2 IEC symbol Function name ANSI code 3 E E E Si gt gt Protection functions 50 51 31 gt 3I gt gt 3I gt gt gt Overcurrent protection K K K Tair gt Tan gt gt Directional overcurrent protection 67 X X Idir gt gt gt lar gt gt gt gt 46R I 1 gt Broken conductor protection K K K 46 I gt Current unbalance protection X X X 47 II gt gt Incorrect phase sequence X X x protection 48 I gt Stall protection
131. Trip off event DloSav On Off Off Recording trigged event DloSav On Off Off Recording ended event Measured and recorded values of capacitor bank unbalance protection Ip gt gt gt Io gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Io Pu unbalance current including values the natural unbalance current dlo A Compensated unbalance current Display Io gt gt gt A Setting value lo gt gt gt gt Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter values TCntr Cumulative trip counter Fit pu The max fault value EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping Isaved A Recorded natural unbalance current SavedA deg Recorded phase angle of natural unbalance current Faults Allowed number of element Io gt gt gt gt only failures Total Actual number of element Io gt gt gt gt only failures in the bank Clear 5 Clear the element counters Io gt gt gt gt only Clear L1 Bl Number of element failures in lo gt gt gt gt only phase L1 in brach 1 left side L1 B2 Number of element failures in lo gt gt gt gt only phase L1 in brach 2 right side L2 B1 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L2 in brach 1 left side E VAR i 52 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description
132. U FLOWSY W901 _ SES ATA ATA O OOIN 2 o lt lt lt D lt g 6 AA lt ge A3 COM A3 NC A3 NO A2 COM A2 NC A2 NO IF COM IF NC IF NO b 2 O COM S1 gt 4 s1 gt 2 9os06090609090909090 Hf nl oft mojolnjoja SjyofN S F a ele eS ga 3 58 Figure 8 1 3 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 230 E VA P 206 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VIN MOVEOEZTdINIVA VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description SJ o 9 a 8 S S ON ON ON AT lgi xo E 9 ON al O I n 02 ay A 6 O WOO dl OL a 84 g amp Zbl on ee oN O ON ZV GL ow SI esfis 2 fee 2 r lt 9 E A N Q a 9 WOO zV O Ier a N fe 97 an g amp Eb an lt 5 oN ev e a i 9 ON 8V amp fi onw en C L E KAN l l a YX WO9 V OL ONTV AN 2 6 ak Y OQ 6 woo vi tere OL G ES
133. UL1 UL2 UL3 3 Uline Average U12 U23 U31 3 DO Digital outputs DI Digital inputs EE VAP 110 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description TanFii tang THDIL1 Total harmonic distortion of IL1 THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion of IL2 THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion of IL3 THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua THDUb Total harmonic distortion of input Ub THDUc Total harmonic distortion of input Uc Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent power rms value fy Frequency behind circuit breaker fz Frequency behind 274 circuit breaker Ul2y Voltage behind circuit breaker U12z Voltage behind 2 4 circuit breaker ILIRMS IL1 RMS for average sampling IL2RMS IL2 RMS for average sampling IL3RMS IL3 RMS for average sampling ClrCh Remove all channels Set Clear Ch List of selected channels Set An editable parameter password needed This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 10 ms This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 20 ms EEE VAP 2 VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 111 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lt
134. V COV ZOV TOV lLOV SINIMI AOON oO DD nn x lt A eId cIa Ta A8p Figure 8 1 2 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 245 with mA option VAMP E Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 202 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description The feeder and motor manager VAMP 245 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control connections Terminal X1 left side ON No Symbol Description Alloa or 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 me 8 LAGU Phase current L2 S1 vad 5 ILa S1 Phase current L3 S1 Si 7 toi a1 Residual current 101 S1 lt se 9 To2 5A S1 Residual current Io2 S1 9 K3 at 11 Wi 13 13 g a 15 15 w 17 Uo dn Zero sequence voltage Uo dn 17 SS 19 19 amp NO Terminal Kl right side ON No Symbol Description 51 2 IL1 S2 Phase current L1 S2 a 4 T2082 Phase current L2 S2 A 6 8 IL3 S2 Phase current L3 S2 gt 3 8 Io1 1A S2 Residual current Io1 S2 lho 10 Io2 5A S2 Residual current Io2 S
135. VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Operation and configuration instructions Technical description VAMP E VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration le GONG sasisaning Ngakune aga aki a agak a anaa inan 3 1 1 Relay features aaaaenana aana ne ee ie naen aane eeen 3 1 2 User interface aaneneaaan aan eaaen anan nana nane nana nenen an anana eee 4 1 3 Operating Safe ass aaa aaa aa ana aan aia aaa 4 2 Local panel User interface cccccccceccssceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 1 Relay front CN citar cats caretisng dee ver aaana nne ennn nana n tv eenteiicanes 5 MeN DIS DIOV sa sasaran ae aa ana aaa nak aka ba NG alad na aba aana Ta 6 2 1 2 Menu NAVIGATION and POINTETS ssseccereeseeseess 7 2 13 ING OO aana anaa aa ngan d aan aaa an aa ga aga aga EE ei NS 7 2 1 4 Operation Indicators eaaa aranan anana aaa nana n anane na nane 8 2 1 5 Adjusting display CONTTasT aaaaaa eaaa anananan anane na aane 9 2 2 Local panel operdtions aa eesareaenan anaa aaanan anana ne nenane 9 2 2 1 Navigating IN menus aa aaa aaaaaaaa aaa ae awanan anana anane 9 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions 14 2 2 3 Setting IOUS sis oiscuveoevacsnderlvesaediacentdcienereedisdentielsecs 18 2 24 FOUNO amp error ee Merete ene Ga IN GN a baga a a ANG NGE gak ewan 19 2 2 5 Operating levels aaaaeaa
136. VSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG 9 1 4 Trip contacts Number of contacts 2 4 depends on the ordering code Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Continuous carry 5A Make and carry 0 5 s 30 A Make and carry 3s 15 A Breaking capacity AC 2 000 VA Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V de 5A at 110 V de 3A at 220 V de 1A Contact material AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG 9 1 5 Alarm contacts Number of contacts 3 change over contacts relays Al A2 and A3 2 making contacts relays A4 and A5 1 change over contact IF relay Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Max make current 4s at duty cycle 10 15A Continuous carry 5A Breaking capacity AC 2 000 VA Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V de 1 3 A at 110 V dc 0 4 A at 220 V dc 0 2 A Contact material AgNi 0 15 gold plated AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG EE VAR ne 236 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 9 1 6 Local serial communication port Number of ports 1 on front and 1 on rear panel Electrical connection RS 232 Data transfer rate 2 400 38 400 kb s 9 1 7 Remote control connection Number of p
137. a aaa aaananan anana nannn anana ene 20 2 3 Operating medsures aaaananaa aa aa anan an anane aannn anane 22 2 3 1 Control WUNGON saa ia Aa ANANE ANAA NGE Na EN Aga AN ENE 22 2 3 2 Measured dala aaa aaa ananan aana naa na nana anane anane 23 2 3 3 Reading EVENT register sccccscccccsssssessssrersesees 26 2 3 4 Forced control FORCE aaanananaa aana nean a nana n anae 27 2 4 Configuration and parameter Setting aaanan anae 28 2 4 1 Parameter setting scssccascecerssscansenereaccesssdsssesansaccorenes 29 2 4 2 Setting range liMits sesseseeeseesssssesseereeerssssesrrereee 30 2 4 3 Disturbance recorder menu DR cesseenereesees 30 2 4 4 Configuring digital inputs DI css cenniesciinseuseneosavencendsee 31 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO ees ssssseessererssssnse 31 2 4 6 Protection menu PION essessseseesssssseesrrreressssseserrsees 32 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF eessessseserssesreerssrrrrseese 32 2 4 8 Protocol menu Bus aaaaeaeenaeanan aaa an anna na anan anane 34 2 4 9 Single line diagram editing 00cccccccseseeserverscersess 37 2 4 10 Blocking and interlocking configuration 37 3 VAMPSET PC software 000000000000000000ennnnnnennnnnnnnn nenen 38 VAMP E 2 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration 1
138. a trip signal is issued The pick up setting range is from 200 to 200 of the nominal apparent power Sn The nominal apparent power is determined by the configured voltage and current transformer values Equation 2 22 1 Sa VT rated Pr imary CT rated Primary V3 There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters Setting parameters of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Default Description P lt P lt lt 200 0 200 0 Sn 4 0 PS P lt P lt lt pick up 20 0 P lt lt setting t lt 0 3 300 0 S 1 0 P lt P lt lt operational delay S_On Enabled 2 Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Description Measured value P kW Active power Recorded SCntr Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt Sn Max value of fault EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping EEE VAP 70 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 23 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 8
139. aa0ai 19 2 7 Broken line protection l2 h gt 46R ccssccceseseeesseeees 25 2 8 Current unbalance protection lo gt 46 ccccsccees 26 2 9 Incorrect phase sequence protection l2 gt gt 47 28 2 10 Stall protection lsr gt 48 otis ati chtidsshanstesectentectatinraiadsarditos 29 2 11 Frequent start protection N gt 66 ccsccsssscecssseeees 30 2 12 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 ccsccccsssscsessseeessesees 32 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lop gt 67N 32 2 14 Earth fault protection lo gt SON 51N cccssecessrecees 39 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection lor gt 67NT E EN to an bap cs an sa E KAN icine 44 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection eeeeeees 49 2 17 Capacitor overvoltage protection Uc gt 59C 53 2 18 Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt 59N 58 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 ceeceeseceesseeees 6 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 csscccsssccesssseeesseeees 64 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 ccessessssseeesseeees 67 2 22 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 69 2 23 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt B igi cea asang a eaaa a eaaa mean Ka maa nangka 71 2 24 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection AN LE aT GANG NAN AN ae irai in i 73 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 ws iccsicinis
140. afl 50 e r i i 1 a z PN SSS 2 E N BAGEN Aa isun mas 0 Fee 0 jo E 1 Nn T 10 0 10 0 15 020 025 0 30 Time s InrushCurrentLoad0 Figure 4 1 Example of various current values of a transformer inrush current 4 1 Measurement accuracy Measurement accuracy Phase current inputs lu h2 Ii3 Measuring range 0 250 A Inaccuracy I lt 7 5A 0 5 of value or 15 mA I gt 7 5A 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Voltage inputs Ua Us Uc The usage of voltage inputs depends on the configuration parameter voltage measurement mode For example Ue is the zero sequence voltage input Uo if the mode 2LL Uo is selected In VAMP 245 it has only one voltage input Uo Measuring range 0 160 A Inaccuracy 0 5 or 0 3 V The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz EEE VAP 138 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 4 2 Residual current inputs lo1 loz The rated input In is 5A 1 A or 0 2 A It is specified in the order code of the device Measuring range 0 10 xIn VAMP 255 0 5 xIn VAMP 245 230 Inaccuracy I lt 1 5 xin 0 3 of value or 0 2 of In I gt 1 5xIh 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Frequency In VAMP 255 230 the frequency is measured from
141. ain unit When there is a short circuit fault in any line section only the faulty section will be disconnected The grading time in this example is 150 ms 7 5 Trip circuit supervision Trip circuit supervision is used to ensure that the wiring from a protective device to a circuit breaker is in order This circuit is unused most of the time but when a feeder device detects a fault in the network it is too late to notice that the circuit breaker cannot be tripped because of a broken trip circuitry The digital inputs of the device can be used for trip circuit monitoring EEE V A 2 VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 191 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description TSA Trip circuit supervision with one digital input e The digital input is connected parallel with the trip contacts Figure 7 5 1 1 e The digital input is configured as Normal Closed NC e The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed e The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching VAMP 255 terminal tio circui rip circuit failure alarm Digital input Trip relay Alarm relay for trip circuit failure
142. al input is in active state The value for R1 in this application is 8k8 and 2W These can be calculated from the resistance and voltage operating range of the coil of K1 and the tolerance of the wetting voltage Vax VAMP 2xx relay trip circuit failure alarm Digital input 48 VL Trip relay Alarm relay for trip Delay circuit failure Asnap in relay module K1 A Phoenix Contact EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 Au Coil 96 127 V 24 kohm Contact material 5 mm Au AgPd 0 Width 17 5 mm Assembly DIN EN 50022 mounting rail relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control RI Vaux 1 OPEN COIL Vax CLOSE COIL Figure 7 5 1 3 Trip circuit supervision when the circuit breaker is open The supervised circuitry in this CB position is doubled lined The value for R1 in this application is 3k3 and 2W These can be calculated from the resistance and voltage operating range of the coil of K1 and the tolerance of the wetting voltage E VA a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 193 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 7 5 2 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs e The first digital input is connected parallel with the trip contacts Figure 7 5 2 1 e The second digital input is connected parallel with the auxiliary contact of
143. al to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Uo The supervised value relative to Un V3 Uo gt Uo gt gt Pick up value relative to Un V3 Set t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the residual overvoltage stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Fault voltage relative to Un V3 EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 EE VAR ne 60 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 The thermal overload function protects the motor in the motor mode or cabl
144. ameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest detected faults Time stamp Uo voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional intermittent transient earth fault stage 8 latest faults lor gt 67NT Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum detected earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Uo Max Uo voltage during the fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection The device enables versatile capacitor filter and reactor bank protection with its five current measurement inputs The fifth input is typically useful for unbalance current measurement of a double wye connected unearthed bank Furthermore the unbalance protection is highly sensitive to internal faults of a bank because of the sophisticated natural unbalance compensation However the location method gives the protection a new dimension and enables easy maintenance monitoring for a bank EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 49 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description This protection scheme is specially used in d
145. anana anna nanane 254 12 Order information e000000000aaananan anana aanan anana nana nannne 255 13 REVISION history 0000000000000000000000n 0000000 ee neneneenennenanenenae 256 13 1 Manual revision MISTOY eaaa aaa anaaan aana naaana nane eee 256 13 2 Firmware revision hisTOry aaaaa aaa aa anaa anana nen ean anane 257 14 Reference information 0000eeeee000000a na ananann nana ananane 258 VAMP E 4 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 1 Introduction This part of the user manual describes the protection functions provides a few application examples and contains technical data The numerical VAMP feeder and motor protection device includes all the essential protection functions needed to protect feeders and motors in distribution networks of utilities industry power plants and offshore applications Further the device includes several programmable functions such as arc option thermal trip circuit supervision and circuit breaker protection and communication protocols for various protection and communication situations 400kV 200 kV transmission 110 kV network Transmission substations Power plants Distribution substation Remote Control Interface ae Protection Circuit breaker Protection 1 0 relay
146. ap mode is used with ungrounded networks 90 Angle offset 15 55 Sector 70 TRIP AREA TRIP AREA 88 loDir_SectorAdj Figure 2 18 3 Two example of operation characteristics of the directional earth fault stages in sector mode The drawn lo phasor in both figures is inside the trip area The angle offset and half sector size are user s parameters Parameters of the directional earth fault stages lo gt lop gt gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set Nasa rjecnoner ron VAP 36 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note SerpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value To2 according the parameter ToCale Input below IoPeak Io2Peak Ioe gt only Io gt only IoRes pu Resistive p
147. ar and busbar bus coupler The synchrocheck causes that the normal measuring modes cannot be used Therefore 2LL LLy 1LL Uo LLy or LL LLy LLz voltage measuring mode must be selected to enable synchrocheck function If 2LL LLy or 1LL Uo LLy mode is selected one stage is available The LL LLy LLz mode enables using two stages The voltage used for sychrochecking is always phase to phase voltage U12 The sychrocheck stage 1 compares U12 with Ui2y always The compared voltages for the stage 2 can be selected Setting parameters of synchrocheck stages SyC1 SyC2 25 Parameter Values Unit Default Description Side U12 U12y U12 U12z Voltage selection The U12 U12z stage 1 has fixed voltages U12y U12z U12 U12y CBObj Obj1 Obj5 Obj1 The selected object for CB control The synchrocheck closing command will use the closing command of the selected object NOTE The stage 1 is always using the object 1 The stage 2 can use objects 2 5 EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 77 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameter Values Unit Default Description Smode Sync Off Async Sync Synchrocheck mode Off only voltage check Async the function checks dU df and dangle Furthermore the frequency slip df determines the remaining time for closin
148. arm level 2 6 kA the corresponding number of operations is calculated according Equation 3 8 4 313 EEE VAP 122 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description A Cen C 945 An Aj3 313 Thus Alarm2 counters for phases L1 and L2 are decremented by 3 In phase L1 the currents is less than the alarm limit current 6 kA For such currents the decrement is one A 1 Local panel parameters of CBWEAR function Parameter Value Unit Description Set CBWEAR STATUS Operations left for AliL1 Alarm 1 phase L1 Al1L2 Alarm 1 phase L2 Al1L3 Alarm 1 phase L3 Al2L1 Alarm 2 phase L1 Al2L2 Alarm 2 phase L2 Al2L3 Alarm 2 phase L3 Latest trip Date Time stamp of the latest time trip operation IL1 A Broken current of phase L1 IL2 A Broken current of phase L2 IL3 A Broken current of phase L3 CBWEAR SET Alarm1 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm1 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm1 limit for operations Set left Alarm2 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm2 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm2 limit for operations Set left CBWEAR SET2 Al1On On Alarm1 on event enabling Set Off Al1Off On Alarm1 off event enabling Set Off Al20On On Alarm2 on event enabling Set Off Al2Off On Alarm2 off event enabling Set Off
149. art of Io only when InUse Res IoCap pu Capacitive part of Io only when InUse Cap Iog gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Iog gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value Uo gt Pick up setting for Uo Set Uo Measured Uo Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 29 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 29 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 37 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode ResCap High impedance earthed nets Sector Low impedance earthed nets Set Undir Undirectional mode Offset Angle offset MTA for RecCap Set and Sector modes Sector Default Half sector size of the trip area Set 88 on both sides of the offset angle ChCtrl Res Cap control in mode ResCap Res Fixed to Resistive Set Cap characteristic DI1 DIn Fixed to Capacitive Vu characteristic a Controlled by digital input Controlled by virtual input InUse Selected submode in mode ResCap Mode is not ResCap Res Submode resistive Cap Su
150. arts in one hour values Interval Min Min interval between two consecutive starts Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Descr 1StartLeft 1 start left activates the N gt start signal MaxStarts Max start trip activates the N gt trip signal Interval Min interval between two consecutive starts has not yet been elapsed activates the N gt trip signal EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 31 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd 2 12 2 13 Tot Mot Number of total motor starts Strs Mot Strs h Number of motor starts in last hour El Time Min Elapsed time from the last from mot motor start Strt Undercurrent protection I lt 37 The undercurrent unit measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The stage I lt can be configured for definite time characteristic The undercurrent stage is protecting rather the device driven by the motor e g a submersible pump than the motor itself Parameters of the undercurrent stage I lt 37 Parameter Value unit Description Measured ILmin A Min value of phase currents value IL1 IL3 in primary value Setting I lt xImode Setting value as per times Imot values t lt S Operation time s Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip c
151. ase power phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L1 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L1 fundamental frequency current phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L2 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L2 fundamental frequency current phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L3 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L3 fundamental frequency current phasor Apparent power active power and reactive power are calculated similarly as with line to line voltages s P real S Q imag S TE S E VAP a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 145 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 4 9 Direction of power and current Figure 4 9 1 shows the concept of three phase current direction and sign of cos and power factor PF Figure 4 9 2 shows the same concepts but on a PQ power plane 90 et cap Forward capacitive power current is leading cos PF ind Reverse inductive power current is leading cos PF 0 REF lt I cap Reverse capacitive power current is lagging cos PF ind Forward inductive power current is lagging cos p PF Ul_Quadrants Figure 4 9 1 Quadrants of voltage current phasor plane cap ind Reverse capacitive powe
152. atically set according the adapted frequency Xe ohm Reactance of the capacitor s fXc Hz Measured average frequency for Kc and UcLN calculation UcLL V V3 x UcLN For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 57 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 2 18 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group in use Recorded values of the overvoltage stage 8 latest faults Uc gt 59C Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Single phase fault 2 N Single phase fault 3 N Single phase fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Flt pu Maximum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the fault Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt 59N The zero sequence voltage protection is used as unselective backup for earth faults and also for selective earth fault protections for motors having a unit transform
153. atrix Output signal Description Object x Open Open control signal for the object Object x Close Close control signal for the object These signals send control pulse when an object is controlled by digital input remote bus auto reclose etc Settings for read only objects Each read only object has the following settings Setting Value Description DI for obj open None any digital Open information DI for obj close ga in A Close information Object timeout 0 02 600 s Timeout for state ia changes If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Object timeout setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated Controlling with DI firmware version gt 5 53 Objects can be controlled with digital input virtual input or virtual output There are four settings for each controllable object Setting Active DI for remote open control In remote state DI for remote close control DI for local open control In local state DI for local close control If the device is in local control state the remote control inputs are ignored and vice versa Object is controlled when a rising edge is detected from the selected input Length of digital input pulse should be at least 60 ms 5 6 1 Local Remote selection In Local mode the output relays can be controlled via a loca
154. aximum number of operations according Table 3 8 1 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 121 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description The current 6 kA lies between points 2 and 3 in the table That gives value for the index k Using k 2 Cx 10000 Cx 1 80 Ika 31 kA Ik 1 25kA and the Equation 3 8 2 and Equation 3 8 3 the device calculates 10000 In a In _ 1250 a 10000 1250 454 10 Using Equation 3 8 1 the device gets the number of permitted operations for current 6 kA 454 10 ii 60001028 ii 945 Thus the maximum number of current breaking at 6 kA is 945 This can be verified with the original breaker curve in Figure 3 8 1 Indeed the figure shows that at 6 kA the operation count is between 900 and 1000 A useful alarm level for operation left could be in this case for example 50 being about five per cent of the maximum Example of operation counter decrementing when the CB is breaking a current Alarm2 is set to 6 kA CBFP is supervising trip relay T1 and trip signal of an overcurrent stage detecting a two phase fault is connected to this trip relay T1 The interrupted phase currents are 12 5 kA 12 5 kA and 1 5 kA How much are Alarm2 counters decremented Using Equation 3 8 1 and values n and a from the previous example the device gets the number of permitted operation at 10 kA _ 454 10 10kA 12500 8 At al
155. aximum number of starts within on hour or and the minimum time between two consecutive starts this stage is easy to apply to prevent too frequent starts EE VAP VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 When current has been less that Isrop and then exceeds IstartMin the situation is recognized as a start A typical setting for IstartMin is 150 Yo x Imor When the current is less than 10 x Imor the motor is regarded as stopped The stage will give a start signal when the second last start has been done The trip signal is normally activated and released when there are no starts left Figure 2 11 1 shows an application ma STOP Open coil START VAMP relay Output matrix TI I gt start I gt trip N gt alarm N gt motor start inhibit NStageAppl_40 Figure 2 11 1 Application for preventing too trequent starting using the N gt stage The relay Al has been configured to be normal closed The start is Just an alarm telling that there is only one start left at the moment Parameters of the frequent start protection N gt 66 Parameter Value unit Description Measured Mot strs Motor starts in last hour value T Min Elapsed time from motor start Setting Sts h Max st
156. bmode capacitive Input Tol X6 7 8 9 See chapter 8 102 X6 10 11 12 IoCalc IL1 IL2 IL3 Set Io1Peak X6 7 8 9 peak mode Iog gt only Io2Peak X6 10 11 12 peak mode Iog gt only Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xIoset Dly4x s Delay at 4xloset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xloset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 29 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group EEE VAP 38 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 14 Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 Recorded values of the directional earth fault stages 8 latest faults lop gt lop gt gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle j Fault angle of Io Uo 0 Uo Max Uo voltage during the fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
157. cancel key one enter key and one info key nappain Figure 2 1 3 1 Keys on the keypad Enter and confirmation key ENTER Cancel key CANCEL Up Down I Increase Decrease arrow keys UP DOWN Keys for selecting submenus selecting a digit in a numerical value LEFT RIGHT 5 Additional information key INFO NOTE The term which is used for the buttons in this manual is inside the brackets EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 7 ee VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 2 1 4 Operation Indicators The relay is provided with eight LED indicators Power Error Com Alarm Trip Figure 2 1 4 1 Operation indicators of the relay LED indicator Meaning Measure Remarks Power LED lit The auxiliary power has been switched on Normal operation state Error LED lit Internal fault operates in parallel with the self supervision output relay The relay attempts to reboot REBOOT If the error LED remains lit call for maintenance Com LED lit or flashing The serial bus is in use and transferring information Normal operation state Alarm LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output LA and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output matrix please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off wh
158. cccccccecessssserceeeees 239 9 2 5e COIG sasananing nang ra Teei Ka a aa EEE EKET 239 9 2 0 POACKAGYE kiasan ag Sanan a aaa ek aaa a kaga aaa ees 239 9 3 Protection Stages eee eae re RN Oe eT re Ss Se eT ne 239 9 3 1 Non directional Current Protection 239 9 3 2 Directional Current Protection cccssssecneseees 243 9 3 3 Frequent start Protection ssssscantacisstativasecvesenctenass 245 9 3 4 Voltage Protection sssssessseserssssssesererersessssesree 245 9 3 5 Frequency protection ssssccccssccecssessessecneeseess 246 9 3 6 Power protection eeessesssssessseseressssseseresresesssseseeee 248 9 3 7 Synchrocheck TUNCTOM vss vivsapesncessvestaocedesseescnataecs 248 9 3 8 Circuit breaker failure Protection 01 248 9 3 9 Arc fault protection Option sepriccccudsigupasteasanees 249 9 4 Supporting PUNCHONS ssessseesseerieeeserrrssereerrssrrersserreeessee 250 9 4 1 Inrush current detection 68 ccsscccessrceees 250 9 4 2 Disturbance recorder DR cscrcscccsccvisetaavizstsvessasans 250 9 4 3 Transformer SUPDESVISION cccceessecesecssseececeesteees 250 9 4 4 Voltage sag amp SWEll cccdciscscisssdadeicctdeesiavisanassebocneess 251 9 4 5 Voltage infemuplions aaaananaaa na neaaaanann aane 251 10 Abbreviations and symbols 00000000000000000000000000000000o 252 11 Constructions 000000eeeaananana nen aannn anana nan annnn
159. ce 200 s DI Digital input SNTP Protocol syne SpaBus Protocol syne ModBus Protocol syne ProfibusDP Protocol syne TEC 103 Protocol syne IEC 101 Protocol syne DNP3 MsgCnt 0 65535 The number of received 0 etc synchronisation messages or pulses Dev 32767 ms Latest time deviation between the system clock and the received synchronization SyOS 10000 000 s Synchronisation correction for Set any constant error in the synchronizing source AAlntv 10000 s Adapted auto adjust interval Set for 1 ms correction AvDrft Lead Adapted average clock drift Set Lag sign FilDev 125 ms Filtered synchronisation deviation Set An editable parameter password needed Astronomically a range 11 12 h would be enough but for political and geographical reasons a larger range is needed Tf external synchoronization is used this parameter will be set automatically Set the DI delay to its minimum and the polarity such that the leading edge is the synchronizing edge Synchronisation with DI Clock can be synchronized by reading minute pulses from digital inputs virtual inputs or virtual outputs Sync source is selected with SyncDI setting When rising edge is detected from the selected input system clock is adjusted to the nearest minute Length of digital input pulse should be at least 50 ms Delay of the selected digital input should be set to zero Synchronisation correction If the sync source ha
160. ce stage I2 gt gt 47 Parameter Value unit Description Measured 12 11 Neg phase seq current pos value phase seq current Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Fit Max value of fault current EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping Stall protection Ist gt 48 The stall protection unit Isr gt measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents Stage Isr gt can be configured for definite time or inverse time operation characteristic The stall protection stage protects the motor against prolonged starts caused by e g a stalled rotor While the current has been less than Isrop for at least 500 ms and then within 200 milliseconds exceeds IstartMin the stall protection stage starts to count the operation time T according to Equation 2 10 1 The equation is also drawn in Figure 2 10 1 When current drops below 120 x Imor the stall protection stage releases Stall protection is active only the start of the motor Equation 2 10 1 T I START T START Where MEAS T ISTART Operation time Start current of the motor Default 6 00xImot Measured current during start IMEAS Tsrart Maximum allowed start time for the motor TIME L gt IstartMin Istarr CURRENT Figure 2 10 1 Operation time delay of the stall protection stage Ist gt EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAM
161. corded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults for each of the stages Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay voltage before the fault and setting group Recorded values of the undervoltage stages 8 latest faults U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Minimum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip PreF lt Un Supervised value before fault 1 s average value SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 22 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 Reverse power function can be used for example to disconnect a motor in case the supply voltage is lost and thus prevent power generation by the motor Underpower function can also be used to detect loss of load of a motor Reverse power and underpower function is sensitive to active power For reverse power function the pick up value is negative For underpower function a positive pick up value is used Whenever the active power goes under the pick up value EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 69 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description the stage picks up and issues a start signal If the fault situation stays on longer than the delay setting
162. curacy starting 3 for Uo No inaccuracy defined for Io transients time 1 or 80 ms The actual operation time depends of the intermittent behaviour of the fault and the intermittent time setting 9 3 2 Directional current protection Directional overcurrent stages Idir gt and Idir gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 4 00 x Imopr Mode Directional non directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1 Vseconpary Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Transient over reach any T lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated value IN 1 5A 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value Angle 2 U gt 5 V 30 U 0 1 5 0 V Operate time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operate time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fau
163. d Technical description 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection Cold load pick up A situation is regarded as cold load when all the three phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of the currents exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms In such case the cold load detection signal is activated for a given time This signal is available for output matrix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of the output matrix setting group control is possible Application for cold load detection Right after closing a circuit breaker a given amount of overload can be allowed for a given limited time to take care of concurrent thermostat controlled loads Cold load pick up function does this for example by selecting a more coarse setting group for over current stage s It is also possible to use the cold load detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time Inrush current detection Inrush current detection is quite similar with the cold load detection but it does also include a condition for second harmonic relative content of the currents When all phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of them exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms and the ratio 224 harmonic ratio to fundamental frequency Ieo lri of at least one phase exceeds the given setting the inrush detection signal is activated This signal is available for output ma
164. dent stages The device has eight independent programmable stages Each programmable stage can be enabled or disabled to fit the intended application Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters Parameters of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 87 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Link See Name for the supervised signal Set Table 2 2771 According Value of the supervised signal to Link Cmp Mode of comparison Set gt Over protection lt Under pr
165. digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stage lo gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Al VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value To2 according the parameter IoCale Input below IoPeak Io2Peak Io gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Io gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 29 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 29 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operat
166. directional Sector ResCap Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function Operating time 0 10 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family Curve type Time multiplier k DT IEC IEEE RI Prg EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Reset time Reset ratio Typically 60 ms lt 95 ms 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting Uo amp lo rated value I 1 5A Starting Uo amp Io Peak Mode when rated value Ion 1 10A Angle Operate time at definite time function Operate time at IDMT function 3 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz 2 1 or 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts EEE VAP VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 9 3 3 9 3 4 Frequent start protection Frequent start protection N gt 66 Settings Max motor starts 1 20
167. e Recording time Time Pre trig time PreTrig Manual trigger MnITrig Count of ready records ReadyRe REC COUPLING e Adda link to the recorder AddLink e Clear all links ClrLnks EE VAP 30 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Available links DO DI Uline Uphase IL U2 U1 U2 U1 12 In 12 11 12 11 IoCalc CosFii PF S Q P f Uo UL3 UL2 UL1 U31 U23 U12 102 Io IL3 IL2 IL1 Prms Qrms Srms Tanfii THDILI THDIL2 THDIL3 THDUa THDUb THDUc ILIRMS IL2RMS IL3RMS ILmin ILmax ULLmin ULLmax ULNmin ULNmax fy fz U12y U12z 2 4 4 Configuring digital inputs DI The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital inputs menu The status of digital inputs DIGITAL INPUTS 1 6 18 Operation counters DI COUNTERS Operation delay DELAYs for DigIn The polarity of the input signal INPUT POLARITY Either normally open NO or normally closed NC circuit e Event enabling EVENT MASK1 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital outputs menu e The status of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS and 2 e The forcing of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS1 and 2 only if Force ON o Forced control 0 or 1 of the Trip relays o Forced control 0 or 1 of the Alarm relays o Forced control
168. e status of the digital inputs and the control of the objects The function type and information number used in private range messages is configurable This enables flexible interfacing to different master systems Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 254 An unique address within Set the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 9600 19200 MeasInt 200 10000 ms Minimum measurement Set response interval SyncRe ASDU6 response time Set Syne mode Sync Proc Msg Mseg Proc Set An editable parameter password needed EE VAP VM255 EN022 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 183 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameters for disturbance record reading Parameter Value Unit Description Note ASDU23 On Enable record info Set Off message Smpls msg 1 25 Record samples in one Set message Timeout 10 10000 s Record reading timeout Set Fault Fault identifier number for IEC 103 Starts trips of all stages TagPos Position of read pointer Chn Active channel ChnPos Channel read position Fault numbering Faults Total number of faults GridFlts Fault burst identifier number Grid Time window to classify Set faults together to the same burst Set An editable parameter password needed 6 2 6 DNP 3 0 The device supports communication using DNP 3 0 pr
169. e 2 29 1 9 ANSI IEEE short Figure 2 29 1 10 ANSIIEEE short time inverse delay time extremely inverse delay IEEE2 inverse time operation Before the year 1996 and ANSI standard C37 112 microprocessor relays were using equations approximating the behaviour of various induction disc type relays A quite popular approximation is Equation 2 29 1 3 which in VAMP devices is called IEEE2 Another name could be IAC because the old General Electric IAC relays have been modeled using the same equation There are four different delay types according Table 2 29 1 4 The old electromechanical induction disc relays have inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in VAMP devices only the trip time is inverse the release time being constant The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 29 1 3 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage EEE VAP 100 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Equation 2 29 1 3 t k A 2 ud 2 3 I pickup Des L pickup t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Ipickup User s pick up setting A B C D Constant parameter according Table 2 29 1 4 Table 2
170. e configuration EE VAR ne 142 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description parameter Voltage measurement mode must be set according the used connection The available modes are e 2LL Uo The device is connected to line to line voltages U12 and U23 and to zero sequence voltage Uo The phase to ground voltages are calculated See Figure 8 9 1 1for VAMP 255 and Figure 8 9 3 1 for VAMP 230 The network must use only three wires Any neutral wire must not exist e SLN The device is connected to phase to ground voltages Uri UL2 and Urs The zero sequence voltage is calculated See Figure 8 9 1 2 for VAMP 255 and Figure 8 9 3 2 for VAMP 230 There may exist a neutral wire e 1 LL Uo LLy This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 2 25 1 e 2LL LLy This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 2 25 1 e LL LLy LLz This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 2 25 1 The overvoltage protection is always based on the line to line voltage regardless of the measurement mode NOTE The voltage measurements are only available in VAMP 255 230 VAMP 245 includes only zero sequence voltage measurement Uo terminals X1 17 18 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 143 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Tech
171. e current phasor gets into the grey area NOTE If the maximum possible earth fault current is greater than the used most sensitive directional over current setting the device has to be connected to the line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages in order to get the right direction for earth faults too For networks having the maximum possible earth fault current less than the over current setting use 67N the directional earth fault stages Im 90 Ka aj ind cap al SET VALUE gt 0 tres res g ki tox TRIP AREA BASE vere Sele j Trauer cap tind 90 Idir_angle2 Figure 2 6 1 Example of protection area of the directional overcurrent function Two modes are available directional and non directional Figure 2 6 2 In the non directional mode the stage is acting just like an ordinary overcurrent 50 51 stage 90 A 490 4 ind cap ind cap 2 i DIRECTIONAL NON DIRECTIONAL SET K SET 7 VALUE 0 VALUE 0 gt gt res res BASE ANGLE 0 Tes es TRIP AREA TRIP AREA cap ind cap tind 90 90 Idir_modeA 15 Figure 2 6 2 Difterence between directional mode and non directional mode The grey area is the trip region EEE VAP a 20 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description An example of bi directiona
172. e drift direction AvDrft Lead or lag e Average synchronization deviation FilDev 2 4 8 Protocol menu Bus There are three communication ports in the rear panel In addition there is a connector in the front panel overruling the local port in the rear panel REMOTE PORT X5 e Communication protocol for remote port X5 Protocol e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors Communication time out error counter Tout Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus The counters are useful when testing the communication LOCAL PORT X4 pins 2 3 and 5 This port is disabled if a cable is connected to the front panel connector e Communication protocol for the local port X4 Protocol For VAMPSET use None or SPABUS e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus For VAMPSET and protocol None the setting is done in menu CONF DEVICE SETUP PC LOCAL SPA BUS This is a second menu for local port X4 The VAMPSET communication status is showed Bytes
173. e is to locate the branch of each faulty element or to be more precise the broken fuse This feature is implemented to the stage Ip gt gt gt gt while the other stage Io gt gt gt can still function as normal unbalance protection stage with compensation method Normally the Ip gt gt gt gt could be set as an alarming stage while stage Io gt gt gt will trip the circuit breaker The stage Iop gt gt gt gt should be set based on the calculated unbalance current change of one faulty element This can be easily calculated However the setting must be say 10 smaller than the calculated value since there are some tolerances in the primary equipment as well as in the relay measurement circuit Then the time setting of Io gt gt gt gt is not used for tripping purposes The time setting specifies how long the device must wait until it is certain that there is a faulty element in the bank After this time has elapsed the stage Ip gt gt gt gt makes a new compensation automatically and the measured unbalance current for this stage is now zero Note the automatic compensation does not effect on the measured unbalance current of stage Io gt gt gt If there is an element failure in the bank the algorithm checks the phase angle of the unbalance current related to the phase angle of the phase current IL1 Based on this angle the algo rithm can increase the corresponding faulty elements counter there are six counters Th
174. e needed for current unbalance protection the freely programmable stages can be used Chapter 2 27 Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually CurrentUnbalanceChar 2000 1000 500 E K 70 N Operation time s 60 Negative sequence current I Yo Figure 2 8 1 Inverse operation delay of current unbalance stage Iz gt The longest delay is limited to 1000 seconds 16min 40s Parameters of the current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group i None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 27 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout
175. e operation by pushing the ENTER key The state of the object changes Toggling virtual inputs 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the virtual input object empty or black square The dialog opens ge 4 Select VIon to activate the virtual input or select VIoff to deactivate the virtual input EEE VAP 22 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Operation and configuration VAMP 255 245 230 2 3 2 Measured data The measured values can be read from the P E I and U menus and their submenus Furthermore any measurement value in the following table can be displayed on the main view next to the single line diagram Up to six measurements can be shown Value Menu Submenu Description P P POWER Active power kW Q P POWER Reactive power kvar S P POWER Apparent power kVA 9 P POWER Active power angle P F PIPOWER Power factor f P POWER Frequency Hz Pda P 15 MIN POWER Active power kW Qda P 15 MIN POWER Reactive power kvar Sda P 15 MIN POWER Apparent power kVA Pfda i P 15 MIN POWER Power factor fda P 15 MIN POWER Frequency Hz PL1 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 1 kW PL2 7 P POWER P
176. e or scaled value DbandEna No Dead band calculation Set Yes enable flag DbandCy 100 10000 ms Dead band calculation Set interval Set An editable parameter password needed EE VAP 186 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 6 2 8 6 2 9 6 2 10 TCP IP Modbus TCP uses TCP IP protocol Also VAMPSET and SPA bus and DNP 3 0 communication can be directed via TCP IP VSE 005 1 external adaptor is designed for TCP IP protocol See chapter 6 1 4 for more information Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set IpAddr n n n n Internet protocol address Set set with VAMPSET NetMsk n n n n Net mask set with Set VAMPSET Gatew default Gateway IP address set Set 0 0 0 0 with VAMPSET NameSv default Name server set with Set 0 0 0 0 VAMPSET NTPSvr n n n n Network time protocol Set server set with VAMPSET 0 0 0 0 no SNTP Port 502 default Port 502 is reserved for Set Modbus TCP Set An editable parameter password needed External I O Modbus RTU master External Modbus I O devices can be connected to the device using this protocol See chapter 8 6 2 for more information IEC 61850 IEC 61850 protocol is available with the optional 61850 interface The protocol can be configured to transfer the same information which
177. e user can set for the stage Io gt gt gt gt the allowed number of faulty elements e g if set to three elements the fourth fault element will issue the trip signal The fault location is used with internal fused capacitor and filter banks There is no need to use it with fuseless or external fused capacitor and filter banks nor with the reactor banks Setting parameters of capacitor bank unbalance protection Ip gt gt gt Io gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Default Description Input To1 Io2 IoCale 102 Current measurement input NOTE Do not use the calculated value which is only for earth fault protection purposes lo gt gt gt 0 01 20 00 pu 0 10 Setting value lo gt gt gt gt 0 01 20 00 Pu 0 20 Setting value EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 51 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameter Value Unit Default Description t gt 0 08 8300 00 s 0 50 Definite operating Io gt gt gt time 1 00 lo gt gt gt gt CMode Off On Io gt gt gt Off Compensation Off Normal selection Location Io gt gt gt gt SaveBa Get Trigg the phasor recording SetBal 0 010 3 000 pu 0 050 Compensation level S_On On Off On Start on event S_Off On Off On Start off event T_On On Off On Trip on event T_Off On Off On
178. earing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET VAMPSET communication Direct or SPA bus embedded command line interface Tx bytes size Unsent bytes in transmitter buffer size of the buffer Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Errors since the device Clr has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 175 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 6 1 2 Remote port X5 Physical interface The physical interface of this port depends of the communication letter in the order code See Figure 6 1 1 chapter 12 and the table below The TTL interface is for external converters and converter cables only It is not suitable for direct connection to distances more than one meter Table 6 1 2 1 Physical interface and connector types of remote port X5 with various options TTL A is t
179. echnical description Vaasa Electronics Group 16 Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable overcurrent stages I gt I gt gt and I gt gt gt The first stage I gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation characteristic IDMT The stages I gt gt and I gt gt gt have definite time operation characteristic By using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50 operation is obtained Figure 2 5 1 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 5 2 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt gt and I gt gt gt overcurrent stages with definite time operation delay Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the I gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 29 The device will show the currently used inverse delay curve graph on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xINn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 29 for more information Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 3 3 Setting groups There are two settings
180. eclaim time runs out the auto reclose sequence is successfully executed and the AR function moves to ready state and waits for a new AR request in shot 1 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 165 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description A trip signal from the protection stage can be used as a backup Configure the start signal of the protection stage to initiate the AR function If something fails in the AR function the trip signal of the protection stage will open the CB The delay setting for the protection stage should be longer than the AR start delay and discrimination time If a critical signal is used to interrupt an AR sequence the discrimination time setting should be long enough for the critical stage usually at least 100 ms Manual closing When CB is closed manually with the local panel remote bus digital inputs etc AR will function as follows Firmware Functioning version gt 5 81 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time all AR requests are ignored It is up to protection stages to take care of tripping Trip signals of protection stages must be connected to a trip relay in the output matrix lt 5 31 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time any AR request 1 4 will cause final tripping Manual opening Manual CB open command during AR sequence will stop the sequence and leaves the CB open
181. ection is optionally available The relay communicates with other systems using common protocols such as the Modbus RTU ModbusTCP Profibus DP IEC 60870 5 108 IEC 60870 5 101 IEC 61850 SPA bus and DNP 3 0 User interface The relay can be controlled in three ways e Locally with the push buttons on the relay front panel e Locally using a PC connected to the serial port on the front panel or on the rear panel of the relay both cannot be used simultaneously e Via remote control over the remote control port on the relay rear panel Operating Safety The terminals on the rear panel of the relay may carry dangerous voltages even if the auxiliary voltage is switched off A live current transformer secondary circuit must not be opened Disconnecting a live circuit may cause dangerous voltages Any operational measures must be carried out according to national and local handling directives and instructions Carefully read through all operation instructions before any operational measures are carried out VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255ENO021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 1 Relay front panel The figure below shows as an example the front panel of the feeder and motor manager VAMP 255 and the location of the user interface elements used for local control VAMP 255 we VY CE Feeder Manager Power
182. eder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description soo IEEELTI gn IEEE LTVI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 10 10 8 8 PER ye Om 4 4 E D D 2 gg 2 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 34 5678 10 20 I Iset nah Se AN a LEE T Iset inverseDelaylEZE1_LTVI Figure 2 29 1 5 ANSI IEEE long Figure 2 29 1 6 ANSIIEEE long time inverse delay time very inverse delay si IEEE LTEI bis IEEE MI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 10 10 8 8 OR 6 2 2 2 2 a2 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 I Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTEI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_MT Figure 2 29 1 7 ANSIIEEE long Figure 2 29 1 8 ANSIVIEEE time extremely inverse delay moderately inverse delay EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 99 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description soo IEEE STI IEEE STEI 600 400 400 200 200 100 100 delay s delay s 0 2 k 20 0 1 0 08 0 06 k 10 0 1 0 08 0 06 k 0 5 k 1 k 2 k 5 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_STI T Iset 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 inverseDelayIEEE1_STEI Figur
183. em clock corrects itself with 1 ms every 9 9 seconds which equals 61 091 s week Example 2 If there is no external sync and the device s clock has been lagging five seconds in nine days and the AAIntv has been 9 9 s leading then the parameters are set as 1 AAIntv yew i 3000 10 6 9 9 9 24 3600 AvDrft Lead NOTE When the internal time is roughly correct deviation is less than four seconds any synchronizing or auto adjust will never turn the clock backwards Instead in case the clock is leading it is softly sowed down to maintain causality System clock parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Date Current date Set Time Current time Set Style Date format Set y d m Year Month Day d m y Day Month Year m d y Month Day Year SyncDI The digital input used for clock synchronisation DI not used for synchronizing DI1 DI6 Minute pulse input TZone 12 00 UTC time zone for SNTP Set 14 00 synchronization Note This is a decimal number For example for state of Nepal the time zone 5 45 is given as 5 75 DST No Daylight saving time for SNTP Set EEE VAP 128 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameter Value Unit Description Note SySre Clock synchronisation source Internal No sync recognized sin
184. en the signal that caused output Al to activate e g the START signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latched Trip LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output Tr and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output relay configuration please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off when the signal that caused output Tr to activate e g the TRIP signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latched A C LED lit Application related status indicators Configurable VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 EEE VAP VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Resetting latched indicators and output relays All the indicators and output relays can be given a latching function in the configuration There are several ways to reset latched indicators and relays e From the alarm list move back to the initial display by pushing the CANCEL key for approx 3 s Then reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key e Acknowledge each event in the alarm list one by one by pushing the ENTER key equivalent times Then in the initial display reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key The latched indicators and relays can also
185. er CTo 100 5 cable CT is used for residual current For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting giving full inverse delay range is 12 5 A 5A 2 5 xIn 1875 Primary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 1 25 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 1 25 Al 5 A 0 25 xlon 25 APrimary EEE VAP 94 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 29 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI The available standard inverse delays are divided in four categories IEC IEEE IEEE2 and RI called delay curve families Each category of family contains a set of different delay types according the following table Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will be activated if the delay category is changed and the old delay type doesn t exist in the new category See chapter 2 29 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 29 for more details Table 2 29 1 1 Available standard delay families and the available delay types within each family Curve family N Delay type 5 z z
186. er between the motor and the busbar This function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the zero sequence voltage The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB This is essential because 3n harmonics exist between the neutral point and earth also when there is no earth fault Whenever the measured value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued EEE VAP 58 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 Measuring the zero sequence voltage The zero sequence voltage is either measured with three voltage transformers e g broken delta connection one voltage transformer between the motor s neutral point and earth or calculated from the measured phase to neutral voltages according to the selected voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 e Phase the zero sequence voltage is calculated from the phase voltages and therefore a separate zero sequence voltage transformer is not needed The setting values are relative to the configured voltage transformer VT voltage V3 e Line Uo The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage transformer s for example using a broken delta connection The set
187. ery dependent on the behaviour of the fault and the intermittent time setting To make the co ordination between Uo gt and Ior gt more simple the start signal of the EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 45 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description transient stage Ior gt in an outgoing feeder can be used to block the Uo gt backup protection Co ordination with the normal directional earth fault protection based on fundamental frequency signals The intermittent transient earth fault protection stage Ior gt should always be used together with the normal directional earth fault protection stages Ig gt Ip gt gt The transient stage Ior gt may in worst case detect the start of a steady earth fault in wrong direction but will not trip because the peak value of a steady state sine wave Io signal must also exceed the corresponding base frequency component s peak value in order to make the Ior gt to trip The operation time and Up setting of the transient stage Ior gt should be higher than the settings of any I gt stage to avoid any unnecessary and possible incorrect start signals from the Ior gt stage Auto reclosing The start signal of any Ig gt stage initiating auto reclosing AR can be used to block the Ior gt stage to avoid the Ior gt stage with a long intermittent setting to interfere with the AR cycle in the middle of discrimination time Usually
188. es f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt The two first stages can be configured for either overfrequency or underfrequency usage So totally four underfrequency stages can be in use simultaneously Using the programmable stages even more can be implemented chapter 2 27 All the stages have definite operation time delay DT Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 71 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameters of the over amp underfrequency stages f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout f Hz The supervised value Hz Pick up value fX Over under stage f gt lt See fXX
189. es depend on the order code The VAMP 255 3C7__ has 1A and 5 A Io inputs while the VAMP 255 3D7___ has 0 2 A and 1 A Io inputs EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 93 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Example 1 of VAMP 255 limitations CT 7650 5 Application mode is Feeder CTo 100 1 cable CT is used for residual current The cable CT is connected to a 1 A terminals of the available Io inputs For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting for I gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 12 5A 5A 2 5 xIn 1875 ApPrimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 0 5 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 0 5 Al 1 A 0 5 xlon 50 APrimary Example 2 of VAMP 255 limitations CT 7650 5 Application mode is Motor Rated current of the motor 600 A Tocale Ini It2 113 is used for residual current At secondary level the rated motor current is 600 750 5 4 A For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting giving full inverse delay range is 12 5A 4A 3 13 xImor 1875 Aprimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 12 5 Al 5 A 25 KION 1875 Aprimary Example 3 of VAMP 230 limitations CT 750 5 Application mode is Feed
190. es if this AR signal starts this shot AR2 On Off Off Indicates if this AR signal starts this shot Start1 0 02 300 00 s 10 02 ARI Start delay setting for this shot EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 169 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Start2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Start delay setting for this shot Discr1 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 ARI Discrimination time setting for this shot Discr2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Discrimination time setting for this shot Measured and recorded values of AR function Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Obj1 UNDEFINED Object 1 a OPEN state recorded CLOSE values OPEN_REQUEST CLOSE_REQUEST READY NOT_READY INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE FAIL Status INIT AR function RECLAIM_TIME state READY WAIT_CB_OPEN WAIT_CB_CLOSE DISCRIMINATION_TIME LOCKED FINAL_TRIP CB_FAIL INHIBIT Shot Lisan The currently running shot ReclT RECLAIMTIME The STARTTIME currently DEADTIME running time DISCRIMINATIONTIME or last executed SCntr Total start counter Fail The counter for failed AR shots Shot1 Shot1 start counter Shot2 Shot2 start counter Shot3 Shot3 start counter Shot4 Shot4 start counter Shotd Shotd start counter There are 5 counters available for each one of the two AR signals EE
191. es in the feeder mode against excessive heating Thermal model The temperature is calculated using rms values of phase currents and a thermal model according IEC 60255 8 The rms values are calculated using harmonic components up to the 15th TT a I i Trip time t T tea Alarm a k k I ae alarm Alarm 60 0 6 Trip a k kO I noae L Release time t T C ay Trip release a 40 95xkxI Start release a 40 95xkxI Xalarm Alarm 60 0 6 T Operation time T Thermal time constant tau Setting value In Natural logarithm function I Measured rms phase current the max value of three phase currents Ip Preload current J xkxI If temperature rise is 120 1 2 This parameter is the memory of the algorithm and corresponds to the actual temperature rise k Overload factor Maximum continuous current i e service factor Setting value ko Ambient temperature factor Permitted current due to tamb Figure 2 19 1 Imone The rated current In or Imor C Relay cooling time constant Setting value Time constant for cooling situation If the motor s fan is stopped the cooling will be slower than with an active fan Therefore there is a coefficient ct for thermal constant available to be used as cooling time constant when current is less than 0 3xImor EEE VAP a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 6l VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical descr
192. ext Yes No 2 7x In Fault value Yes No 2007 01 31 Date Yes Yes 08 35 13 413 Time Yes Yes Type U12 23 31 Fault type Yes No Events are the major data for a SCADA system SCADA systems are reading events using any of the available communication protocols Event log can also be scanned using the front panel or using VAMPSET With VAMSET the events can be stored to a file especially in case the device is not connected to any SCADA system Only the latest event can be read when using communication protocols or VAMPSET Every reading increments the internal read pointer to the event buffer In case of communication error the latest event can be reread any number of times using an other parameter On the local panel scanning the event buffer back and forth is possible Event enabling masking In case of an uninteresting event it can be masked which prevents the particular event s to be written in the event buffer There are room for 50 latest events in the event buffer The oldest one will be overwritten when a new event does occur The shown resolution of a time stamp is one millisecond but the actual resolution depends of the particular function creating the event For example most protection stages create EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 107 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 3 2 events with 10 ms or 20 ms resolution The absolute
193. f the cold load amp inrush detection function Parameter Value Unit Description Note ColdLd Status of cold load detection Start Cold load situation is active Trip Timeout Inrush Status of inrush detection Start Inrush is detected Trip Timeout TLmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Pickup A Primary scaled pick up value Idle A Primary scaled upper limit for idle current MaxTime s Set Idle xImode Current limit setting for idle Set situation Pickup xImode Pick up setting for minimum Set start current 80 ms Maximum transition time for start recognition Pickupf2 Pick up value for relative Set amount of 224 harmonic I 2 If Set An editable parameter password needed EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 113 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 3 4 Voltage sags and swells The power quality of electrical networks has become increasingly important The sophisticated loads e g computers etc require uninterruptible supply of clean electricity VAMP protection platform provides many power quality functions that can be used to evaluate monitor and alarm on the basis of the quality One of the most important power quality functions are voltage sag and swell monitoring VAMP provides separate monitoring logs for sags and swells The voltage log is trigged if any voltage i
194. fference is not big enough The difference must be more than the retardation time of the incoming feeder relay plus the operating time of the outgoing feeder circuit breaker Figure 2 2 1 shows an overcurrent fault seen by the incoming feeder when the outgoing feeder does clear the fault If the operation delay setting would be slightly shorter or if the fault duration would be slightly longer than in the figure an unselective trip might happen the dashed 40 ms pulse in the figure In VAMP devices the retardation time is less than 50 ms Reset time release time Figure 2 2 2 shows an example of reset time i e release delay when the device is clearing an overcurrent fault When the device s trip contacts are closed the circuit breaker CB starts to open After the CB contacts are open the fault current will still flow through an arc between the opened contacts The current is finally cut off when the arc extinguishes at the next zero crossing of the current This is the start moment of the reset delay After the reset delay the trip contacts and start contact are opened unless latching is configured The reset time varies from fault to fault depending on the fault size After a big fault the time is longer The reset time also depends on the specific protection stage The maximum reset time for each stage is specified in chapter 9 3 For most stages it is less than 95 ms EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264
195. figuration and parameter setting The minimum procedure to configure a relay is 1 Open the access level Configurator The default password for configurator access level is 2 2 Set the rated values in menu CONF including at least current transformers voltage transformers and generator ratings Also the date and time settings are in this same main menu 3 Enable the needed protection functions and disable the rest of the protection functions in main menu Prot 4 Set the setting parameter of the enable protection stages according the application 5 Connect the output relays to the start and trip signals of the enabled protection stages using the output matrix This can be done in main menu DO although the VAMPSET program is recommended for output matrix editing 6 Configure the needed digital inputs in main menu DI 7 Configure blocking and interlockings for protection stages using the block matrix This can be done in main menu Prot although VAMPSET is recommended for block matrix editing Some of the parameters can only be changed via the RS 232 serial port using the VAMPSET software Such parameters for example passwords blockings and mimic configuration are normally set only during commissioning Some of the parameters require the restarting of the relay This restarting is done automatically when necessary If a parameter change requires restarting the display will show as Figure 2 4 1 autoboot Pick
196. functions All functions which are available in the feeder protection mode are also available in the motor protection mode Default value of the application mode is the feeder protection mode The application mode can be changed with VAMPSET software or from CONF menu of the device Changing the application mode requires configurator password 2 4 2 Current protection function dependencies The current based protection functions are relative to Imode which is dependent of the application mode In the motor protection mode all of the current based functions are relative to Imot and in the feeder protection mode to In with following exceptions I gt 46 I2 gt gt 47 Is gt 48 N gt 66 are always dependent on Imot and they are only available when application mode is in the motor protection 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Overcurrent protection is used against short circuit faults and heavy overloads The overcurrent function measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase currents Whenever this value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 15 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd T
197. g This time must be longer than CB time Sync mode Synchronization is tried to make exactly when angle difference is zero In this mode df setting should be enough small lt 0 3Hz Umode DD DL LD DD DL DD LD DL LD DD DL LD Voltage check mode The first letter refers to the reference voltage and the second letter refers to the comparison voltage D means that the side must be dead when closing dead The voltage below the dead voltage limit setting L means that the side must be live when closing live The voltage higher than the live voltage limit setting Example DL mode for stage 1 The U12 side must be dead and the U12y side must be live Cbhtime 0 04 0 6 S 0 1 Typical closing time of the circuit breaker Dibypass Digital inputs Bypass input If the input is active the function is bypassed Bypass 0 1 i 0 The bypass status 1 means that the function is bypassed This parameter can also be used for manual bypass CBCtrl Open Close Circuit breaker control EE VAP 78 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameter Values Unit Default Description ShowInfo Off On On Additional information display about the sychrocheck status to the mimic S
198. g for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout TLmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Ig gt Ig gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Ig gt Io gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 29 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN EE VAP 22 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 29 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset Mode Dir Directional mode 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset j Angle offset in degrees Set 2 Measured power angle Ul Un Measured positive sequence voltage A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 29 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the directional overcurrent sta
199. ge line reactance value can be used to get an approximate distance value to the fault examples of line reactances Overhead wire Sparrow 0 408 ohms km and Raven 0 378 ohms km The fault location is normally used in the incoming bay of the substation Therefore the fault location is obtained for the whole network with just one manager This is very cost effective upgrade of an existing system The algorithm functions in the following order 1 The needed measurements phase currents and voltages are continuously available 2 The fault distance calculation can be triggered in two ways by opening a feeder circuit breaker due to a fault that is by using a digital input or the calculation can be triggered if there is a sudden increase in the phase currents e g short circuit 3 Phase currents and voltages are registered in three stages before the fault during the fault and after the faulty feeder circuit breaker was opened The fault distance quantities are calculated Two phases with the biggest fault current are selected The load currents are compensated The faulty line length reactance is calculated a eae EEE VAP 136 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Setting parameters of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Default Description Trig dl i z Trigger mode dI DI1 DI20 triggeri
200. gers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 5 3 Virtual inputs and outputs There are four virtual inputs and six virtual outputs The four virtual inputs acts like normal digital inputs The state of the virtual input can be changed from display communication bus and from VAMPSET For example setting groups can be changed using virtual inputs Parameters of virtual inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set VIL VI4 0 Status of virtual input 1 Events On Event enabling Set Off NAMES for VIRTUAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for VIs on the Set max 10 local display characters Default is VIn n 1 4 Description String of Long name for VIs Set max 32 Default is characters Virtual input n n 1 4 Set An editable parameter password needed The six virtual outputs do act like output relays but there are no physical contacts Virtual outputs are shown in the output matrix and the block matrix Virtual outputs can be used with the user s programmable logic and to change the active setting group etc 5 4 Output matrix By means of the output matrix the output signals of the various protection stages digital inputs logic outputs and other internal signals can be connected to the output relays front panel indicators virtual outputs etc There are two LED indicators named Alarm and Trip on the front panel Furthermore there are three ge
201. ges ldir gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status 3 Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SerpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output E VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 23 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout TLmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Ig gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Ig gt gt gt gt gt primary value Ig gt gt gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set Ig gt gt gt gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time for Set t gt gt gt gt definite time only Mode Dir Directional 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset Angle offset in degrees Set 0 9 Measured power angle U1 Un Measured positive sequence voltage For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F
202. ges according to firmware version 6 23 added Renamed Broken conductor protection to Broken line protection Intermittent transient earth fault protection function added for VAMP 255 230 Capacitor overvoltage protection function added for VAMP 245 Adjustments in technical data EE VAP 256 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 13 2 Firmware revision history 2 5 Stages f gt and f gt gt changed to f gt lt fX and f gt gt lt lt fXX where the comparator is selectable gt or lt 2 14 Recovery time after object fail decreased from 60 s to 1 2 s 2 18 Arc sensor faults added to the output matrix 2 26 AR Enable added to the output matrix 2 39 Disturbance recorder available in SpaBus 2 42 Logic events AR final trips and energy measurements added to IEC 103 2 43 Configurable scroll order of events added Old New New Old THD measurands added to VAMPSET 2 50 Sag amp Swell added 4 17 Four controllable objects 4 19 Controlling of objects 3 and 4 added to IEC 103 4 32 Motor protection functions added 4 56 Support for optional digital inputs DI19 D120 with one arc channel 4 59 CBWEAR added 4 71 CT VT supervision added 5 5 Synchrocheck added DNP 3 0 added 5 46 Programmable inverse delay curves added 5 75 ROCOF added Voltage mode naming convention changed to more descriptive Integrated
203. ges with definite time operation delay Input signal selection Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input o for all networks other than rigidly earthed Input Io2 for all networks other than rigidly earthed Calculated signal Iocaic for rigidly and low impedance earthed networks Iocaic IL14 Ir Irs Additionally the stage Io gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect a restriking intermittent earth fault e Toipeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 e TozPeak to measure the peak value of input Ioe Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start pick up but will not cause trip When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip By using input signals Io1Peak OF Io2Peak a single one millisecond current peak is enough to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms For example if the operating time is 120 ms and the time between two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting the sixth peak will cause a trip EEE VAP 40 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Fou
204. gram of a single phase overvoltage or overcurrent function EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 7 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description K211 Display and keyboard Antialiasing 16 bit filter A D converter Trip relays current and voltage inputs Alarm relays Digital inputs SPAbus Modbus Profibus DP fibre connectors Auxilary power Protection Calculation of functions Block matrix Output matrix symmetric components Output relay FFT calculation control Amplitude and phase shift of base freqency component 32 samples cycle Digital 4608 inputs Settings Figure 1 2 2 Block diagram of signal processing and protection software 1VISblock2 Start Register event Trip Register event Setting Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable T gt s time characteristic events Figure 1 2 3 Block diagram of a basic protection function Vaasa Electronics Group VAM a 8 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 Protection functions Each protection stage can independently be enabled or disabled according to the requirements of the intended application 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one application The device limits the maximum number of enabled stages to about 30 depe
205. groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually 3vIsblock Setting I gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events time characteristics Figure 2 5 1 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage I gt VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 3vIssblock Start Trip Figure 2 5 2 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage gt gt and I gt gt gt Setting IS gt s Delay Enable events Parameters of the overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status a Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too This flag is automatically reset 5 minutes after the last front panel push button pressing ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL
206. gure 2 2 1 1 Example of scroll indication 4 Push the CANCEL key to cancel a selection 5 Pushing the UP or DOWN key in any position of a sub menu when it is not selected brings you directly one step up or down in the main menu The active main menu selection is indicated with black back ground color The possible navigating directions in the menu are shown in the upper left corner by means of black triangular symbols EEE VAP 10 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Figure 2 2 1 2 Principles of the menu structure and navigation in the menus 6 Push the INFO key to obtain additional information about any menu item 7 Push the CANCEL key to revert to the normal display EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 11 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Operation and configuration Main menu The general menu structure is shown in Figure 2 2 1 2 The menu is dependent on the user s configuration and the options according the order code For example only the enabled protection stages will appear in the menu A list of the local main menu Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus 1 Interactive mimic display 1 Double size measurements 1 defined by the user 1 Title screen with device name time and firm
207. he Profibus master The drawback is the maximum buffer size of 128 bytes which limits the number of data items transferred to the master Some PLCs have their own limitation for the Profibus buffer size which may further limit the number of transferred data items Device profile Request mode Using the request mode it is possible to read all the available data from the VAMP device and still use only a very short buffer for Profibus data transfer The drawback is the slower overall speed of the data transfer and the need of increased data processing at the Profibus master as every data item must be separately requested by the master NOTE In request more it is not possible to read continuously only one single data item Atleast two data items must be read in turn to get updated data from the device There is a separate document ProfiBusDPdeviceProfilesOf VAMPdevices pdf available of the continuous mode and request mode EEE VAP 180 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Available data VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for both modes A separate document Profibus Parameters SWx xx pdf is also available The Profibus DP communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Profile selec
208. he default Order Code Communication interface Connector type A TTL for external converters only D9S B Plastic fibre interface HFBR 0500 C Profibus interface D9S D RS 485 isolated screw crimp E Glass fibre interface 62 5 125 um SMA F Plastic Rx glass 62 5 125 um Tx HFBR 0500 SMA fibre interface G Glass 62 5 125 um Rx plastic fibre SMA HFBR 0500 interface H Ethernet interface and TTL for RJ 45 and D9S external converters only Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for Set remote port None SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave Modbus TCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing EE VAR ne 176 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameter Value Unit Description Note speed DPS Display of current communication parameters speed bit s D number of data bits P parity none even
209. he first shot for AR2 the starting delay for this sequence is defined by Discrimination time of Shot 2 for AR2 For older firmware versions lt 5 1 starting at other shot than shot 1 or skipping shots is not possible AR request lines must be enabled to consecutive shots starting from shot 1 If AR sequence is not yet started an AR request which is not enabled V A 2 VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 167 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description for shot 1 will cause final tripping During sequence run an AR request which is not enabled for the next shot will cause final tripping Critical AR request Critical AR request stops the AR sequence and cause final tripping Critical request is ignored when AR sequence is not running and also when AR is reclaiming Critical request acceptance depends on the firmware version Firmware Critical signal is accepted during version gt 5 31 Dead time and discrimination time lt 5 31 Discrimination time only Shot active matrix signals firmware version gt 5 53 When starting delay has elapsed active signal of the first shot is set If successful reclosing is executed at the end of the shot the active signal will be reset after reclaim time If reclosing was not successful or new fault appears during reclaim time the active of the current shot is reset and active signal of the next shot is set Gif there are a
210. hift from digit to digit and the UP and DOWN keys to change the digits 6 Push the ENTER key to accept a new value If you want to leave the parameter value unchanged exit the edit state by pushing the CANCEL key paramm CURRENT SCALING PICK CURRENT SCALING CT Inom O Isec lonom losec loinp lo2nom Edit VALUE CHANGE Figure 2 4 1 1 Changing parameters EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 29 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 2 4 2 Setting range limits If the given parameter setting values are out of range values a fault message will be shown when the setting is confirmed with the ENTER key Adjust the setting to be within the allowed range illegal Edit VALUE CHANGE Illegal value Lim 0 10 5 00 Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 2 1 Example of a fault message The allowed setting range is shown in the display in the setting mode To view the range push the INFO key Push the CANCEL key to return to the setting mode infoset_I Info SET I gt Setting for stage I gt Type i32 dd Range 0 10 5 00 ENTER password CANCEL back to menu Figure 2 4 2 2 Allowed setting ranges show in the display 2 4 3 Disturbance recorder menu DR Via the submenus of the disturbance recorder menu the following functions and features can be read and set DISTURBANCE RECORDER Recording mode Mode Sample rate Rat
211. hnique leads to a solution which can be realized with just a 16 bit micro controller without using a separate DSP Digital Signal Processor The synchronized sampling means an even number of 2 samples per period e g 32 samples per a period This means that the frequency must be measured and the number of the samples per period must be controlled accordingly so that the number of the samples per period remains constant if the frequency changes Therefore some current has to be injected to the current input IL1 to adapt the network frequency for the device However if this is not possible then the frequency must be parameterised to the device Apart from the FFT calculations some protection functions also require the symmetrical components to be calculated for obtaining the positive negative and zero phase sequence components of the measured quantity For example the function of the unbalanced load protection stage is based on the use of the negative phase sequence component of the current Figure 1 2 1 shows a principle block diagram of a numerical device The main components are the energizing inputs digital input elements output relays A D converters and the micro controller including memory circuits Further a device contains a power supply unit and a human machine interface HMI Figure 1 2 2 shows the heart of the numerical technology That is the main block diagram for calculated functions Figure 1 2 3 shows a principle dia
212. hot 1 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 171 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 5 8 Logic functions The device supports customer defined programmable logic for boolean signals The logic is designed by using the VAMPSET setting tool and downloaded to the device Functions available are AND OR XOR NOT COUNTERs RS amp D flip flops Maximum number of outputs is 20 Maximum number of input gates is 31 An input gate can include any number of inputs For detailed information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx EEE VAP 172 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 6 6 1 Vaasa Electronics Group VM255 EN021 Communication Communication ports The device has three communication ports as standard A fourth port Ethernet is available as option See Figure 6 1 1 There are three communication ports in the rear panel The Ethernet port is optional The X4 connector includes two ports local port and extension port The front panel RS 232 port will shut off the local port on the rear panel when a VX0038 cable is inserted CommunicationPorts COMMUNICATION PORTS LOCAL EXTENSION REMOTE PORT PORT DATA BUS PORT Default TTL for external adapters only Not isolated TTL is fo
213. ion 2 29 3 The operation time in this example will be 0 37 seconds The resulting time current characteristic of this example matches quite well with the characteristic of the old electromechanical IAC51 induction disc relay Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will become active if interpolation with the given parameters is not possible See chapter 2 29 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 29 for more details Programmable inverse time curves Only with VAMPSET requires rebooting The current time curve points are programmed using VAMPSET PC program There are some rules for defining the curve points e configuration must begin from the topmost line e line order must be as follows the smallest current longest operation time on the top and the largest current shortest operation time on the bottom e all unused lines on the bottom should be filled with 1 00 0 00s Here is an example configuration of curve points Point Current I Ipick up Operation delay 1 1 00 10 00 s 2 00 6 50 s 3 5 00 4 00 s 4 10 00 3 00 s 5 20 00 2 00 s 6 40 00 1 00 s T 1 00 0 00 s 8 1 00 0 00 s 9 1 00 0 00 s 10 1 00 0 00 s 11 1 00 0 00 s 12 1 00 0 00 s 13
214. ion and configuration VAMP Ltd Value Menu Submenu Description Eq nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of reactive energy E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of imported energy Ewrap E DECIMAL COUNT Energy control E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported energy kWh Eqt E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported reactive energy kvar E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of imported energy kWh Eq E E PULSE SIZES Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported energy ms Eq E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported reactive energy ms E E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported energy ms Eq E E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E E E pulse TEST Test the exported energy pulse Eq E E pulse TEST Test the exported reactive energy E E E pulse TEST Test the imported energy Eq E E pulse TEST Test the imported reactive energy IL1 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL1 A IL2 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL2 A IL3 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL3 A ILlda T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL1 A IL2da T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL2 A IL3da T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL3 A To SYMMETRIC Primary
215. ion time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Input Tol X6 7 8 9 See chapter 8 102 X6 10 11 12 IoCalc IL1 IL2 IL3 Set IolPeak X6 7 8 9 peak mode Io2Peak X6 10 11 12 peak mode Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xIon EEE VAP 42 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Dly4x s Delay at 4xloset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xloset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 29 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status 5 Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SerpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for
216. iption Heat capacitance service factor and ambient temperature The trip level is determined by the maximum allowed continuous current Imax corresponding to the 100 temperature rise Orrip i e the heat capacitance of the motor or cable Imax depends of the given service factor k and ambient temperature amp and settings Imaxao and Imax7o according the following equation I MAX k ko Imone The value of ambient temperature compensation factor kO depends on the ambient temperature Oamp and settings Imaxao and Imax7o See Figure 2 19 1 Ambient temperature is not in use when k 1 This is true when IMAX40 is 1 0 e Samb is n a no ambient temperature sensor e TAMB is 40 C k AmbientTemperatureCompensation 1 2 1 0 0 8 0 6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Oms CC Figure 2 19 1 Ambient temperature correction of the overload stage T gt Example of a behaviour of the thermal model Figure 2 19 2 shows an example of the thermal model behaviour In this example t 30 minutes k 1 06 and KO 1 and the current has been zero for a long time and thus the initial temperature rise is 0 At time 50 minutes the current changes to 0 85xImopg and the temperature rise starts to approach value 0 85 1 06 64 according the time constant At time 300 min the temperature is about stable and the current increases to 5 over the maximum defined by the rated cur
217. is based on the negative phase sequence component Iz related to the positive phase sequence component I This is calculated from the phase currents using the method of symmetrical components The function requires that the measuring inputs are connected correctly so that the rotation direction of the phase currents are as in chapter 8 9 The unbalance protection has definite time operation characteristic K2 age where I1 Ini alia a2l13 12 Ini a lr2 alis a 12Z120 j A a phasor rotating constant Setting parameters of unbalanced load function I2 1 gt 46R Parameter Value Unit Default Description I2 11 gt 2 70 20 Setting value 2 11 t gt 1 0 600 0 s 10 0 Definite operating time Type DT DT The selection of time INV characteristics S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 25 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Measured and recorded values of unbalanced load function T2 1 gt 46R Parameter Value Unit Description Measured 2 11 Relative negative sequence value component Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter values TCntr
218. isabling several events of Set the same fault On Several events are enabled Off Several events of an increasing fault is disabled ka ClrDly 0 65535 s Duration for active alarm Set status FltL1 Flt2 FltL3 and OCt Set An editable parameter password needed Used with IEC 60870 105 103 communication protocol The alarm screen will show the latest if it s the biggest registered fault current too Not used with Spabus because Spabus masters usually don t like to have unpaired On Off events Used with SPA bus protocol because most SPA bus masters do need an off event for each corresponding on event Self supervision The functions of the micro controller and the associated circuitry as well as the program execution are supervised by means of a separate watchdog circuit Besides supervising the device the watchdog circuit attempts to restart the micro controller in a fault situation If the restarting fails the watchdog issues a self supervision alarm indicating a permanent internal fault When the watchdog circuit detects a permanent fault it always blocks any control of other output relays except for the self supervision output relay In addition the internal supply voltages are supervised Should the auxiliary supply of the device disappear an alarm is automatically given because the internal fault IF output relay functions on a working current principle This means that the
219. ive limit setting 10 120 Un Frequency difference 0 01 1 00 Hz Voltage difference 1 60 Un Phase angle difference 2 90 deg Request timeout 0 1 600 0 s Frequency measuring range 46 0 70 0 Hz Reset ratio U 0 97 Inaccuracy voltage 3 Un frequency 20 mHz phase angle 2 deg operating time 1 or 30 ms 9 3 8 Circuit breaker failure protection Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF Relay to be supervised T1 T4 depending the ordering code Definite time function Operating time 0 1 10 0 s step 0 1 s Reset time lt 95 ms Inaccuracy Operating time 20 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts EE VAP Be 248 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 9 3 9 Arc fault protection option The operation of the arc protection depends on the setting value of the ArcI gt Arcloi gt and Arcloz2 gt current limits The arc current limits cannot be set unless the device is provided with the optional arc protection card Arc protection stage Arcl gt 50AR option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 2 S1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI S1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating
220. l HMI but they cannot be controlled via a remote serial communication interface In Remote mode the output relays cannot be controlled via a local HMI but they can be controlled via a remote serial communication interface The selection of the Local Remote mode is done by using a local HMI or via one selectable digital input The digital input is normally used to change a whole station to a local or remote mode The selection of the L R digital input is done in the Objects menu of the VAMPSET software V A 2 164 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 5 7 NOTE A password is not required for a remote control operation Auto reclose function 79 The auto reclose AR matrix in the following Figure 5 7 1 describes the start and trip signals forwarded to the auto reclose function AR matrix Ready Start delay 9 Dead time Q Discrimination Reclaim time lt yy y Wait for S g time bi O f yo AR request 5 gQ 52 j 7 lt o shoty Cittical 0 300 s 0 300 s oS ott 7 ARI iniise 0 300 5 0 300 5 0 300 s 0 300 5 8 AR2 In use T5 go oa 38 D To a D m M Notin use 0 300 s 0 300 s In use gt Shot2 3005 sage 206890 3083 FITA EFE 230 FERE 23 g8 e3g3 Beco s 22af S3ac a955 3253 3338 3 32 sa x ao 3 3 amp 2 g z z 5 N e Shot 3
221. l has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 181 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 6 2 4 6 2 5 SPA bus The device has full support for the SPA bus protocol including reading and writing the setting values Also reading of multiple consecutive status data bits measurement values or setting values with one message is supported Several simultaneous instances of this protocol using different physical ports are possible but the events can be read by one single instance only There is a separate document Spabus Parameters pdf of SPA bus data items available Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 899 SPA bus address Must be Set unique in the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 1200 2400 4800 9600 default 19200 Emode Event numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems Set An editable parameter password needed IEC 60870 5 103 The IEC standard 60870 5 103 Companion standard for the informative intertace of protection equipment provides standardized communication interface to a primary system master system The unbalanced tran
222. l operation characteristic is shown in Figure 2 6 3 The right side stage in this example is the stage Idir gt and the left side is Idir gt gt The base angle setting of the Idir gt is 0 and the base angle of Idir gt gt is set to 180 A 90 ind cap 4 gt lt q Tpg gt gt TRIP AREA SET SET A VALUE VALUE 0 gt Tes tres BASE ANGLE 0 BASE ANGLE 180 Tyn gt TRIP AREA cap ind 90 Idir_modeBiDir 15 Figure 2 6 3 Bi directional application with two stages Idir gt and Idir gt gt When any of the three phase currents exceeds the setting value and in directional mode the phase angle including the base angle is within the active 88 wide sector the stage picks up and issues a start signal If this fault situation remains on longer than the delay setting a trip signal is issued Four independent stages There are four separately adjustable stages available Iair gt Igir gt gt laiv gt gt gt and lar gt gt gt gt Inverse operation time Stages lair gt and Iair gt gt can be configured for definite time or inverse time characteristic See chapter 2 29 for details of the available inverse delays Stages Iar gt gt gt and Iair gt gt gt gt have definite time DT operation delay The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIn This
223. lay 4 8l 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 91 9 WO 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector u 11 A8 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2 NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IFCOM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IFNC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18l 18 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X2 with analog output No Symbol Description 1 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 21 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 311 3 AO2 Analog output 2 positive connector 41 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 5 5 AO3 Analog output 3 positive connector 6 6 AO3 Analog output 3 negative connector 7 T AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 2 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector j 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2 NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IFC
224. led Set OCAlarm On Off On Event enabling for combined o c starts Events are enabled Events are disabled Set OCAlarmOff On Off Off Event enabling for combined o c starts Events are enabled Events are disabled Set IncFltEvnt On Off Disabling several start and trip events of the same fault Several events are enabled Several events of an increasing fault is disabled xx Set ClrDly 0 65535 Duration for active alarm status AlrL1 Alr2 AlrL3 and OCs Set LINE FAULT FltLl FltL2 FItL3 Fault trip status for each phase O No fault since fault ClrDly 1 Fault is on OCt Combined overcurrent trip status FItL1 FItL2 F1tL3 0 FItL1 1 orF1tL2 1 or FItL3 1 LxTrip On Off On Event enabling for FIth1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set LxTripOff On Off Off Event enabling for FItL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set OCTrip On Off On Event enabling for combined o c trips Events are enabled Events are disabled Set VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 EEE VAP 133 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 3 14 3 14 1 Parameter Value Unit Description Note OCTripOff Off Event enabling for Set combined o c starts On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled IncFltEvnt D
225. ll release between the faults and the delay counting is restarted from zero for every single fault and no trip will be issued For such cases the intermittent setting can be used Figure 2 15 2 shows an example of how the intermittent setting works The upper start and trip signals are a case with zero intermittent setting The lower signals are another case with intermittent setting 0 12 s The operation time setting is 0 14 s in both cases corresponding to seven 20 ms time slots with faults The time between the second and the third fault exceeds the release time intermittent time Thus the operation delay counter is cleared in both cases with zero intermittent time and with 0 12 s intermittent time The fourth and the next faults do occur after release time but within release time intermittent time Thus the operation delay counter is advanced at every fault in the case the intermittent time setting is more than 100 ms the lower status lines in the figure and finally a trip signal is issued at t 0 87 s When faults do occur more than 20 ms apart each other every single fault will increment the operation delay counter by 20 ms In this example the actual operation time starting from the third fault will be 617 ms although the setting was 140 ms In case the intermittent setting would have been 0 2 s or more the two first faults had been included and a trip would have issued at t 0 64 s EFtransientFig7 Intermittent time 0 s
226. lly reset by a 5 minute timeout T Calculated temperature rise F Trip limit is 100 MaxRMS Arms Measured current Highest of the three phases Imax A kxIn Current corresponding to the 100 temperature rise k gt xImode Allowed overload service Set factor EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 63 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Alarm Alarm level Set tau min Thermal time constant Set ctau xtau Coefficient for cooling time Set constant Default 1 0 kTamb xImode Ambient temperature corrected max allowed continuous current Imax40 Imode Allowed load at Tamb 40 Set C Default 100 Imax70 Imode Allowed load at Tamb 70 Set C Tamb C Ambient temperature Set Editable Samb n a Default 40 C Samb Sensor for ambient n a temperature Set ExtAI1 No sensor in use for Tamb 16 External Analogue input 1 16 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 The overvoltage function measures the fundamental frequency component of the line to line voltages regardless of the voltage measurement mode chapter 4 7 By using line to line voltages any phase to ground
227. loser matrix Blocking and output matrix Figure 8 7 1 1 Block diagram of VAMP 255 X3 14 X3 15 X3 12 X3 13 X7 17 X7 18 X7 15 X7 16 X3 9 X3 11 X3 10 X2 13 X2 14 X2 15 X2 10 X2 11 X2 12 X2 7 X2 8 X2 5 X2 6 X2 16 X2 17 X2 18 VAMP255blockDiagram E VAN P 220 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 X3 17 X3 18 Protection functions x4 X1 1 67 50 51 X5 X1 2 E gt X1 3 X44 X3 14 X1 5 X3 15 46 X1 6 i X3 12 X3 13 X1 7 X7 17 i b gt loo X1 8 X7 18 1 gt gt l gt X1 9 X7 15 X1 10 ainei X7 16 X1 11 f gt lt X3 9 X1 12 gt lt ai Ar SONARC X2 13 X1 14 Arcl gt X2 15 X1 17 Arcl gt X2 10 Mace X2 11 SOARE X2 12 Option Block Aer X2 1 6 x6 1 aE X2 17 X6 2 X2 18 X6 3 gt X6 4 X6 5 Sf X6 6 3i lt X6 7 X2 1 79 X2 2 X3 1 48V ae Be Auto Reclose X2 3 X3 4 DIB X2 4 X3 5 DI4 A 43 6 DIS Autorecloser Blocking and X25 X3 7 DI6 i a matrix output matr X2 6 x73 DID X2 7 eeu Kas X7 6 DI12 X7 7 comm X7 8 DI13 X7 9 D114 X7 10 DI15 X7 11 D116 X7 12 D117 X7 13 D118 X7 14 co
228. lt detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 243 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Directional overcurrent stages Idir gt gt gt and Idir gt gt gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 20 0 x Imone Mode Directional non directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1V Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 069 300 00 s step 0 02 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Transient over reach any T lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated value IN 1 5A Angle Operate time at definite time function 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value 2 U gt 5 V 30 U 0 1 5 0 V 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 Directional earth fault stages log gt log gt gt 67N Pick up current 0 01 8 00 x Ion 0 05 20 0 When Iocarc Start voltage 1 20 Uon Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Iocare InitIi2tIis Mode Non
229. lt stage lor gt 67NT Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset after a five minute timeout Tol pu The detected Io value according To2 the parameter Input below Uo The measured Uo value Uon 100 Uo gt Uo pick up level Uon 100 Set EEE VAP 48 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note t gt s Operation time Actually the Set number of cycles including faults x 20 ms When the time between faults exceeds 20 ms the actual operation time will be longer Io input IolPeak Io1 Connectors X1 7 amp 8 Set To2Peak Ioz Connectors X1 9 amp 10 Intrmt s Intermittent time When the Set next fault occurs within this time the delay counting continues from the previous value For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable par
230. lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting UoCalc 3LN mode 1V Operate time 1 or 150 ms 9 3 5 Frequency protection Overfrequency and underfrequency stages f gt lt and f gt gt lt lt 81H 81L Frequency measuring area 16 0 75 0 Hz Current and voltage meas range 45 0 65 0 Hz Frequency stage setting range 40 0 70 0 Hz Low voltage blocking 10 100 Un Definite time function operating time 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s Starting time lt 100 ms Reset time lt 100 ms Reset ratio f gt and f gt gt 0 998 Reset ratio f lt and f lt lt 1 002 Reset ratio LV block 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz starting LV block 3 of the set value operating time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 EEE VAP 246 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description NOTE Frequency measurement functions when secondary voltage is over 5 V f gt low voltage block only freezes the present situation If start has appeared block freezes the start signal but there won t be a trip This means that trip cannot be blocked f lt if device restarts for some reason there will be n
231. mm VAMP255blockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 1 2 Block diagram of VAMP 255 with the mA option included E VAN P VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 221 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd 8 7 2 VAMP 245 X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 DI4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG Protection functions 50N 51N lk boo h gt l gt SONARC ACh gt ArCh gt 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser Blocking and matrix output matrix Figure 8 7 2 1 Block diagram of VAMP 245 VAMP245Blockdiagram E VAN P 222 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 X3 17 X3 18 X1 1 X1 2 X1 3 X1 4 X1 5 X1 6 X1 7 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10 X1 17 X1 18 X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 D14 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DI6 Protection functions 50 51 50N 51N 59N 3I gt lop loo 1 gt gt loo gt gt SONARC 67N gt gt gt gt Arcl gt Arcly gt
232. n Class III Surge voltage IEC 60255 5 5 kV 1 2 50 us 0 5 J Class III EE VAR i 238 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 9 2 3 9 2 4 9 2 5 9 2 6 9 3 9 3 1 Mechanical tests Vibration IEC 60255 21 1 Class I 10 60 Hz amplitude 0 035 mm 60 150 Hz acceleration 0 5g sweep rate 1 octave min 20 periods in X Y and Z axis direction Shock IEC 60255 21 1 Class I half sine acceleration 5 g duration 11 ms 3 shocks in X Y and Z axis direction Environmental conditions Operating temperature 10 to 55 C Transport and storage temperature 40 to 70 C Relative humidity lt 75 1 year average value lt 90 30 days per year no condensation permitted Casing Degree of protection IEC 60529 IP20 Dimensions W x H x D 208 x 155 x 225 mm Material 1 mm steel plate Weight 4 2 kg Colour code RAL 7032 Casing RAL 7035 Back plate Package Dimensions W x H x D 215 x 160 x 275 mm Weight Terminal Package and Manual 5 2 kg Protection stages NOTE Please see chapter 2 4 2 for explanation of Imone Non directional current protection Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 5 00 x Imone Definite time
233. n Vamp devices IEC 60870 5 101 communication protocol is available via menu selection The Vamp unit works as a controlled outstation slave unit in unbalanced mode Supported application functions include process data transmission event transmission command transmission general interrogation clock synchronization transmission of integrated totals and acquisition of transmission delay For more information on IEC 60870 5 101 in Vamp devices refer to the Profile checklist document EEE VAP VM255 EN022 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 185 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note bit s 1200 bps Bitrate used for serial Set 2400 communication 4800 9600 Parity None Parity used for serial Set Even communication Odd LLAddr 1 65534 Link layer address Set LLAddrSize 1 2 bytes Size of Link layer address Set ALAddr 1 65534 ASDU address Set ALAddrSiz 1 2 Bytes Size of ASDU address Set e IOAddrSize 2 3 Bytes Information object Set address size 3 octet addresses are created from 2 octet addresses by adding MSB with value 0 COTsize 1 Bytes Cause of transmission size TTFormat Short The parameter Set Full determines time tag format 3 octet time tag or 7 octet time tag MeasForma Scaled The parameter Set t Normalized determines measurement data format normalized valu
234. n this example will be 3 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 29 1 16 RI RXIDG 600 600 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 iS ah x js xipi delay s delay s gt Ing 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 I Iset inverseDelayR I Iset inverseDelayRXIDG Figure 2 29 1 15 Inverse delay of Figure 2 29 1 16 Inverse delay of type RI type RXIDG 2 29 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 equations This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function constants i e the parameters A E The idea is to use the standard equations with one s own constants instead of the standardized constants as in the previous chapter Example for GE IAC51 delay type inverse k 0 50 I 4pu Tpickup 2pu A 0 2078 B 0 8630 C 0 8000 D 0 4180 E 0 1947 t 0 5 0 2078 NA TA a 0 37 os 5 08 os 2 2 2 Naas floehonies true VAP 104 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical descript
235. nabling disabling the autoreclose Block None The digital input for block any digital information This can be used input for example for Synchrocheck virtual input or virtual output AR_DI None The digital input for toggling any digital the ARena parameter input virtual input or virtual output AR2egrp ARon ARoff ARon _ Enabling disabling the autoreclose for group 2 ReclT 0 02 300 00 s 10 00 Reclaim time setting This is common for all the shots ARreq On Off Off AR request event ShotS On Off Off AR shot start event ARlock On Off Off AR locked event CritAr On Off Off AR critical signal event ARrun On Off Off AR running event FinTrp On Off Off AR final trip event ReqEnd On Off Off AR end of request event ShtEnd On Off Off AR end of shot event CriEnd On Off Off AR end of critical signal event ARUnl On Off Off AR release event ARStop On Off Off AR stopped event FTrEnd On Off Off AR final trip ready event ARon On Off Off AR enabled event ARoff On Off Off AR disabled event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip on event AR1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip on event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip on event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip off event AR1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip off event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip off event Shot settings DeadT 0 02 300 00 s 5 00 The dead time setting for this shot This is a common setting for all the AR lines in this shot ARI On Off Off Indicat
236. nal is selected in the output matrix vertical signal DR The recording can also be triggered manually All recordings are time stamped EEE VAP 108 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Reading recordings The recordings can be uploaded viewed and analysed with the VAMPSET program The recording is in COMTRADE format This means that also other programs can be used to view and analyse the recordings made by the relay For more details please see a separate VAMPSET manual Number of channels At the maximum there can be 12 recordings and the maximum selection of channels in one recording is also 12 limited in waveform recording The digital inputs reserve one channel includes all the inputs Also the digital outputs reserve one channel includes all the outputs If digital inputs and outputs are recorded there will be still 10 channels left for analogue waveforms Disturbance recorder parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Behaviour in memory full Set situation Saturated No more recordings are Overflow accepted The oldest recorder will be overwritten SR Sample rate Set 32 cycle Waveform 16 cycle Waveform 8 cycle Waveform 1 10ms One cycle value 1 20ms One cycle value 1 200ms Average 1 1s Average 1 5s Average 1 10s Average 1 15s Average 1 30s Average 1 1min Ave
237. nd controlled in the interactive mimic disp lay 6 There are two extra menus which are visible only if the access level operator or configurator has been opened with the corresponding password 7 Detailed protocol configuration is done with VAMPSET 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions The general structure of all protection function menus is similar although the details do differ from stage to stage As an example the details of the second overcurrent stage I gt gt menus are shown below EEE VAP 14 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration First menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage first menu AV D I gt gt STATUS ExDO Status Figure 2 2 2 1 First menu of gt gt 50 51 stage This is the status start and trip counter and setting group menu The content is Status The stage is not detecting any fault at the moment The stage can also be forced to pick up or trip if the operating level is Configurator and the force flag below is on Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 SCntr 5 The stage has picked up a fault five times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator TCntr 1 The stage has tripped two times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator
238. nding of the type of the stages For more information please see the configuration instructions in chapter 2 4 in the Operation and Configuration instruction 2 2 General features of protection stages Setting groups Most stages have two setting groups Changing between setting groups can be controlled manually or using any of the digital inputs virtual inputs virtual outputs or LED indicator signals By using virtual I O the active setting group can be controlled using the local panel mimic display any communication protocol or using the inbuilt programmable logic functions Forcing start or trip condition for testing The status of a protection stage can be one of the followings e Ok The stage is not detecting any fault e Blocked The stage is detecting a fault but blocked by some reason e Start The stage is counting the operation delay e Trip The stage has tripped and the fault is still on The blocking reason may be an active signal via the block matrix from other stages the programmable logic or any digital input Some stages also have inbuilt blocking logic For example an under frequency stage is blocked if voltage is too low For more details about block matrix see chapter 5 5 EE VAR i VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Forcing start or trip condition for testing purposes There is a Force flag parame
239. neral purpose LED indicators A B and C available for customer specific indications In addition the triggering of the disturbance recorder DR and virtual outputs are configurable in the output matrix See an example in Figure 5 4 1 An output relay or indicator LED can be configured as latched or non latched A non latched relay follows the controlling signal A latched relay remains activated although the controlling signal releases There is a common release latched signal to release all the latched relays This release signal resets all the latched output E VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 161 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description relays and indicators The reset signal can be given via a digital input via a keypad or through communication Any digital input can be used for resetting The selection of the input is done with the VAMPSEHT software under the menu Release output matrix latches Under the same menu the Release latches parameter can be used for resetting OUTPUT MATRIX connected connected and latched I gt start I gt trip gt gt start I gt gt trip gt gt gt start I gt gt gt trip IDir gt start IDir gt trip Figure 5 4 1 Output matrix 5 5 Blocking matrix By means of a blocking matrix the operation of any protection stage can be blocked The blocking signal can originate from the digital inputs DI1
240. ng based on sudden increase of phase current Line 0 010 10 000 Ohms km 0 378 Line reactance of the reactance line This is used only to convert the fault reactance to kilometres ditrig 5 300 Imode 20 Trig current sudden increase of phase current Event Disabled lt Enabled Event mask Enabled Measured and recorded values of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Distance km Distance to the fault values Xfault ohm Fault reactance ae Date Fault date Time Fault time Time ms Fault time Cntr Number of faults Pre A Pre fault current load current Fault A Current during the fault Post A Post fault current Udrop Un Voltage dip during the fault Durati s Fault duration Xfault ohm Fault reactance EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 137 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 4 Measurement functions All the direct measurements are based on fundamental frequency values The exceptions are frequency and instantaneous current for arc protection The figure shows a current waveform and the corresponding fundamental frequency component second harmonic and rms value in a special case when the current deviates significantly from a pure sine wave 10 AA fn oad a 0 100 2 ao a rms f2 f1 0 p a 5 N
241. ng input is selected with Block setting When selected input is active the shot is blocked A blocked shot is treated like it doesn t exist and AR sequence will jump over it If the last shot in use is blocked any AR request during reclaiming of the previous shot will cause final tripping Starting AR sequence firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request has own separate starting delay counter The one which starting delay has elapsed first will be selected If more than one delay elapses at the same time an AR request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority First shot is selected according to the AR request Next AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting AR sequence firmware version lt 5 1 If more than one AR requests are active a request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority After the start delay of shot 1 has elapsed AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting sequence at shot 2 5 amp skipping of AR shots firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request line can be enabled to any combination of the 5 shots For example making a sequence of Shot 2 and Shot 4 for AR request 1 is done by enabling ARI only for those two shots NOTE If AR sequence is started at shot 2 5 the starting delay is taken from the discrimination time setting of the previous shot For example if Shot 3 is t
242. ng this setting If SPABUS is selected for the rear panel local port X4 the bit rate is according SPABUS settings e Access level Acc LANGUAGE e List of available languages in the relay CURRENT SCALING e Rated phase CT primary current Inom e Rated phase CT secondary current Isec e Rated input of the relay Iinput 5 A or 1 A This is specified in the order code of the device e Rated value of Io CT primary current Ionom e Rated value of Io CT secondary current Iosec e Rated 101 input of the relay Ioinp 5 A or 1 A This is specified in the order code of the device e Rated value of Io2 CT primary current Io2nom e Rated value of Io2 CT secondary current Io2sec e Rated 102 input of the relay Io2inp 5A 1 A or 0 2 A This is specified in the order code of the device EEE VAP 32 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration The rated input values are usually equal to the rated secondary value of the CT The rated CT secondary may be greater than the rated input but the continuous current must be less than four times the rated input In compensated high impedance earthed and isolated networks using cable transformer to measure residual current Io it is quite usual to use a relay with 1 Aor 0 2 A input although the CT is 5 A or 1A This increases the measurement accuracy The rated CT secondary may also be less
243. nical description 4 8 Power calculation The power calculation in VAMP devices are dependent on the voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 The equations used for power calculations are described in this chapter The device is connected to line to line voltages When the device is connected to line to line voltages the voltage measurement mode is set to equal to 2LL Uo The following Aron equation is used for power calculation S U luU lis where Three phase power phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage between phases L1 and L2 I Complex conjugate of the measured phase L1 fundamental frequency current phasor S l N U Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage between phases L2 and L3 Ij Complex conjugate of the measured phase L3 fundamental frequency current phasor Apparent power active power and reactive power are calculated as follows s s P real S Q imag S COSY 4 S EEE VAP 144 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description The device is connected to line to neutral voltage When the device is connected to line to neutral voltages the voltage measurement mode is set to equal to 3LN The following equation is used for power calculation S U 1 U Tia KU 5 ily where Q al Three ph
244. nit Default Description Imax gt 0 0 10 0 xIn 2 0 Upper setting for CT supervisor Imin lt 0 0 10 0 xIn 0 2 Lower setting for CT supervisor t gt 0 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay CT on On Off s On CT supervisor on event CT off On Off On CT supervisor off event EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 117 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 3 7 Voltage transformer supervision The device supervises the VTs and VT wiring between the device terminals and the VTs If there is a fuse in the voltage transformer circuitry the blown fuse prevents or distorts the voltage measurement Therefore an alarm should be issued Furthermore in some applications protection functions using voltage signals should be blocked to avoid false tripping The VT supervisor function measures the three phase voltages and currents The negative sequence voltage U2 and the negative sequence currentl2 are calculated If Uz exceed the Us gt setting and at the same time Iz is less than the Ie lt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has elapsed Setting parameters of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Default Description U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Un 34 6 Upper setting for VT supervisor 12 lt 0 0 200 0 In 100 0 Lower setting for VT supervisor t gt 0
245. nput either goes under the sag limit U lt or exceeds the swell limit U gt There are four registers for both sags and swells in the fault log Each register will have start time phase information duration minimum average maximum voltage values of each sag and swell event Furthermore there are total number of sags and swells counters as well as total timers for sags and swells The voltage power quality functions are located under the submenu U Setting parameters of sags and swells monitoring Parameter Value Unit Default Description U gt 20 150 110 Setting value of swell limit U lt 10 120 90 Setting value of sag limit Delay 0 04 1 00 s 0 06 Delay for sag and swell detection SagOn On Off On Sag on event SagOff On Off On Sag off event SwelOn On Off 8 On Swell on event SwelOf On Off i On Swell off event Recorded values of sags and swells monitoring Parameter Value Unit Description Recorded Count z Cumulative sag counter values Total Cumulative sag time counter Count Cumulative swell counter Total Cumulative swell time counter Sag swell Date Date of the sag swell logs 1 4 Time 5 Time stamp of the sag swell Type i Voltage inputs that had the sag swell Time s Duration of the sag swell Min1 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 E VAR ie 11
246. nriawd ween 77 2 26 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 5OBF 84 2 27 Programmable stages 99 sscucseiusecentvcrneweavasucbon 86 2 28 Arc fault protection SOARC S5ONARC optional 89 2 29 Inverse time Operation cccccccccsssssssscenersccececessssseseeeess 92 2 29 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI 95 2 29 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 CQUG ONS sesana ena eee ae eae eee en aE nnn Naga eee 104 2 29 3 Programmable inverse time CUrves 105 3 Supporting functions siiscsescsescsssciascsnsedesedesnssicseseseececsensscansans 107 Din Sh 61 PER ne E a Te E nee ee awig 107 VAMP E VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 3 2 Disturbance recorder asccscteresirentesrnath eaaa aana nana anaa ane 108 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection 112 3 4 Voltage sags and SWEIIS cccsessssceresececessesssseners 114 3 5 Voltage intemupltlons aaaaanaaaaaananan ne So wanan aee 115 3 6 Current transformer SUDEPVISION ccecccceeessseeeceeneees 117 3 7 Voltage transformer supervisilon seneeenena nenen ee 118 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring a00eeeei 119 3 9 Energy pulse OUTPUTS vesiesassdeeasasiasssavisedinvecsraiatideiadaas 124 3 10 System clock and synchronization sesesssesees
247. ns e Settings are currently changed with VAMPSET or local panel and there is temporarily an illegal combination of curve delay points For example if previous settings were IEC NI and then curve family is changed to IEEE the setting error will active because there is no NI type available for IEEE curves After changing valid delay type for IEEE mode for example MD the Setting Error signal will release e There are errors in formula parameters A E and the device is not able to build the delay curve e There are errors in the programmable curve configuration and the device is not able to interpolate values between the given points Limitation The maximum measured secondary phase current is 50xlon and the maximum directly measured earth fault current is 10xIon for VAMP 255 and 5xIon for VAMP 230 and VAMP 245 The full scope of inverse delay curves goes up to 20 times the setting At high setting the maximum measurement capability limits the scope of inverse curves according the following table Table 2 29 1 Current input Maximum measured Maximum secondary secondary current scaled setting enabling inverse delay times up to full 20x setting Tu Ine lus and locale 250 A 12 5A VAMP 255 Ton 5 A 50 A 2 5 A VAMP 255 In 1 A 10A 0 5 A VAMP 255 Ion 0 2 A 2A O 1A VAMP 245 Ion 5 A 25A 1 25 A VAMP 230 Ion 5 A VAMP 245 Ion 1A 5A 0 25 A VAMP 230 Ion 1A The availablelon valu
248. ny shots left before final trip AR running matrix signal This signal indicates dead time The signal is set after controlling CB open When dead time ends the signal is reset and CB is controlled close Final trip matrix signals There are 5 final trip signals in the matrix one for each AR request 1 4 and critical When final trip is generated one of these signals is set according to the AR request which caused the final tripping The final trip signal will stay active for 0 5 seconds and then resets automatically DI to block AR setting This setting is useful with an external synchro check device This setting only affects re closing the CB Re closing can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output When the blocking input is active CB won t be closed until the blocking input becomes inactive again When blocking becomes inactive the CB will be controlled close immediately AR info for mimic display setting firmware version gt 4 95 When AR info is enabled the local panel mimic display shows small info box during AR sequence EEE VAP 168 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Setting parameters of AR function Parameter Value Unit Default Description ARena ARon ARoff ARon _ E
249. o i e two line to line voltage are measured the following equation is used instead U a IU sij 11 e where U 3 1 a U 53 Unie Voltage between phases L1 and L2 U23 Voltage between phases L2 and L3 When using line to line voltages any zero sequence voltage can not be calculated NOTE The zero sequence or residual measurement signals connected to the device are Uo and 3lo However usually the name lo is used instead of the correct name 3lo EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 147 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Example 1 single phase injection Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Injection Ua Ur 100 V Up U23 0 U 11 a 1002402 1 10020 23 U 3 1 a 0 3 10020 33 Ui 33 U2 33 U2 Ui 100 When using a single phase test device the relative unbalance U2 U will always be 100 Example 2 two phase injection with adjustable phase angle Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Injection Ua Ui2 100 V 240 Up Uzs 1003 V 2 150 57 7 V Z 150 elap 10020 baa Aak d 100 U 3 1 a 100 432 150 3 120 1 32Z 30 _ 100 one E paa 3 1 32 30 19 24 30 Ui 38 5 Uz 19 2 U2 Ui 50 Figure 4 10 1 shows a geometric solution The input values have been scaled with V3 100 to make the calculation easier EEE VAP 148 VAMP
250. o trip even if the frequency is below the set limit during the start up Start and trip is blocked To cancel this block frequency has to visit above the set limit Underfrequency stages f lt and f lt lt Frequency measuring area Current and voltage meas range Frequency stage setting range Low voltage blocking Definite time function operating time Undervoltage blocking Starting time Reset time Reset ratio Reset ratio LV block 16 0 75 0 Hz 45 0 65 0 Hz 40 0 64 0 Hz 10 100 Un 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s 2 100 lt 90 ms lt 110 ms 1 002 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz starting LV block 3 of the set value operating time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 NOTE Frequency measurement functions when secondary voltage is over 5 V f lt if device restarts for some reason there will be no trip even if the frequency is below the set limit during the start up Start and trip is blocked To cancel this block frequency has to visit above the set limit Rate of change of frequency ROCOF stage df dt gt 81R Pick up setting df dt 0 2 10 0 Hz s step 0 1 Hz s Definite time delay t gt and tmin gt are equal operating time t gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s In
251. ocol are possible e SPABUS addres for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Event numbering style Emode Default is Channel For details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 103 Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Address for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Minimum measurement response interval MeasInt e ASDU6 response time mode SyncRel For details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 103 DISTURBANCE RECORDINGS For details see the technical description part of the manual EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 35 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Operation and configuration PROFIBUS Only one instance of this protocol is possible Mode Bit rate bit s Use 2400 bps This parameter is the bit rate between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s Event numbering style Emodel Size of the Profibus Tx buffer InBufl Size of the Profibus Rx buffer OutBufl When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The size of the both buffers is set indirectly when configuring the data items for Profibus Address for this slave device
252. ommunication ports FIBRE Protibus DP 8 3 3 X4 rear panel connector local RS232 and extension RS485 ports Rear panel port Pin Signal LOCAL X4 1 No connection X4 2 Rx in RS232 local X4 3 Tx out RS232 local X4 4 DTR out 8 V X4 5 GND X4 6 No connection X4 7 B RS485 extension port X4 8 A RS485 extension port X4 9 No connection NOTE In VAMP devices a positive RS485 voltage from A to B corresponds to bit value 1 In X4 connector the RS485 extension port is not galvanically isolated EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 213 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description OH _ E YECH Figure 8 3 3 1 Dip switches in RS 485 and optic fibre options Dip switch Switch position Function Function number RS 485 Fibre optics 1 Left 2 wire connection Echo off 1 Right 4 wire connection Echo on 2 Left 2 wire connection Light on in idle state 2 Right 4 wire connection Light off in idle state 3 Left Termination On Not applicable 3 Right Termination Off Not applicable 4 Left Termination On Not applicable 4 Right Termination Off Not applicable NOTE The internal 2 wire RS485 port in X4 connector is not galvanically isolated 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card
253. open output object 1 65 close output There is also an output signal Object failed which is activated if the control of an object fails Object states Each object has the following states Setting Value Description Undefined 00 Open Actual state of the Object state h 4 Close object Undefined 11 Basic settings for controllable objects Each controllable object has the following settings Setting Value Description DI for obj open None any digital Open information DI for obj close input virtual input Close information DI for obj ready or virtual output Ready information Max ctrl pulse length 0 02 600 s Pulse length for open and close commands Completion timeout 0 02 600 s Timeout of ready indication Object control Open Close Direct object control If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Max ctrl pulse length setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated Completion timeout is only used for the ready indication If DI for obj ready is not set completion timeout has no meaning EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 163 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Output signals of controllable objects Each controllable object has 2 control signals in m
254. or managers Technical description VAMP Ltd 10 Abbreviations and symbols ANSI CB CBFP cos CT CTPRI CTsec Dead band DI DO DSR DST DTR FFT Hysteresis Imone Iser Toser Toin Tozn Ton Imor In IEC IEEE IEC 101 ITEC 103 LAN Latching NTP American National Standards Institute A standardization organisation Circuit breaker Circuit breaker failure protection Active power divided by apparent power P S See power factor PF Negative sign indicates reverse power Current transformer Nominal primary value of current transformer Nominal secondary value of current transformer See hysteresis Digital input Digital output output relay Data set ready An RS232 signal Input in front panel port of VAMP devices to disable rear panel local port Daylight saving time Adjusting the official local time forward by one hour for summer time Data terminal ready An RS232 signal Output and always true 8 Vdc in front panel port of VAMP devices Fast Fourier transform Algorithm to convert time domain signals to frequency domain or to phasors I e dead band Used to avoid oscillation when comparing two near by values Nominal current of the selected mode In feeder mode ImopE CTprmary In motor mode Imopre Imor Another name for pick up setting value I gt Another name for pick up setting value Io gt Nominal current of the Io1 input of the device Nominal current of the Ioz
255. orts 1 on rear panel Electrical connection TTL standard RS 485 option RS 232 option Plastic fibre connection option Glass fibre connection option Ethernet 10 Base T option external module Data transfer rate 1 200 19 200 kb s Protocols Modbus RTU master Modbus RTU slave Spabus slave IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 61870 5 101 TEC 61850 Profibus DP option Modbus TCP option external module DNP 3 0 9 1 8 Arc protection interface option Number of arc sensor inputs Sensor type to be connected Operating voltage level Current drain when active Current drain range 2 VA1DA 12 V dc gt 11 9mA 1 3 31 mA NOTE If the drain is outside the range either sensor or the wiring is defected Number of binary inputs 1 optically isolated Operating voltage level 48 V de Number of binary outputs 1 transistor controlled Operating voltage level 48 V de NOTE Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary output without an external amplifier EE VAR ie VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 237 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd 9 1 9 Analogue output connections option Number of analogue mA output channels Maximum output current 20 mA step 1 mA Minimum output current 4 1 0 19 mA step 1 mA 0 Exception output current
256. ositive connector 4 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 511 69 5 AO3 Analog output 3 positive connector 6 6 AO3 Analog output 3 negative connector 711 8 7 AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 9 s 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 1 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 134 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 O0 16 IFCOM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IFNC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 0 18 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector EE VAR Be 204 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Terminal X3 OoOo INI OD OA BR Ww NY No Symbol Description 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 DIL Digital input 1 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 A1 NO Alarm relay
257. otection Pickup Pick up value scaled to primary level Pickup pu Pick up setting in pu Set t s Definite operation time Set Hyster Dead band setting Set NoCmp pu Minimum value to start under Set comparison Mode lt Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault value and elapsed delay Recorded values of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Flt pu Fault value EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 EE VAR ie 88 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 28 Arc fault protection SOARC 50NARC optional NOTE This protection function needs optional hardware in slot X6 More details of the hardware can be found in chapters 8 4 and 9 1 8 Arc protection is used for fast arc protection The function is based on simultaneous light and current measurement Special arc sensors are used to measure the light of an arc Three stages for arc faults There are three separate stages for the various current inputs
258. otocol The following DNP 3 0 data types are supported binary input binary input change double bit input binary output analog input counters Additional information can be obtained from the DNP 3 0 Parameters SWx xx Document DNP 3 0 communication is activated via menu selection RS 485 interface is often used but also RS 232 and fibre optic interfaces are possible EEE VAP 184 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 6 2 7 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set bit s bps Communication speed Set 4800 9600 default 19200 38400 Parity Parity Set None default Even Odd SlvAddr 1 65519 An unique address for Set the device within the system MstrAddr 1 65519 Address of master Set 255 default LLTout 0 65535 ms Link layer confirmation Set timeout LLRetry 1 255 Link layer retry count Set 1 default APLTout 0 65535 ms Application layer Set 5000 default confirmation timeout CnfMode Application layer Set EvOnly default confirmation mode All DBISup Double bit input support Set No default Yes SyncMode 0 65535 s Clock synchronization Set request interval 0 only at boot Set An editable parameter password needed IEC 60870 5 101 The IEC 60870 5 101 standard is derived from the IEC 60870 5 protocol standard definition I
259. ouble wye connected capacitor banks The unbalance current is measured with a dedicated current transformer could be like 5A 5A between two starpoints of the bank The unbalance current is not affected by system unbalance However due to manufacturing tolerances some amount of natural unbalance current exists between the starpoints This natural unbalance current affects the settings thus the setting has to be increased LI VAMP devices Bank VAMP devices Figure 2 16 1 Typical capacitor bank protection application with VAMP devices Compensation method The sophisticated method for unbalance protection is to compensate the natural unbalance current The compensation is triggered manually when commissioning The phasors of the unbalance current and one phase current are recorded This is because one polarizing measurement is needed When the phasor of the unbalance current is always related to Ini the frequency changes or deviations have no effect on the protection After recording the measured unbalance current corresponds the zero level and therefore the setting of the stage can be very sensitive EEE VAP 50 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Compensation and location The most sophisticated method is to use the same compen sation method as mentioned above but the add on featur
260. ounter Trip reading Type IN 2 N Fault type single phase fault 3 N e g 1 N fault on phase L1 1 2 2 3 Fault type two phase fault 1 3 e g 2 3 fault between L2 and L3 1 2 3 Fault type three phase fault Flt Min value of fault current as per times Imot Load 1s mean value of pre fault currents IL1 IL3 EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping Directional earth fault protection lop gt 67N The directional earth fault protection is used for earth faults in networks or motors where a selective and sensitive earth fault protection is needed and in applications with varying network structure and length EE VAP ne 32 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description The device consists of versatile protection functions for earth fault protection in various network types The function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current and zero sequence voltage and the phase angle between them The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever the size of Io and Uo and the phase angle between Io and Uo fulfils the pick up criteria the stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Polarization The nega
261. over voltages during earth faults have no effect The earth fault protection functions will take care of earth faults Whenever any of these three line to line voltages exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued In rigidly earthed 4 wire networks with loads between phase and neutral overvoltage protection may be needed for phase to ground voltages too In such applications the programmable stages can be used See chapter 2 27 Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt All the stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic EEE VAP 64 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Configurable release delay The U gt stage has a settable release delay which enables detecting intermittent faults This means that the time counter of the protection function does not reset immediately after the fault is cleared but resets after the release delay has elapsed If the fault appears again before the release delay time has elapsed the delay counter continues from the previous value This means that the function will eventually trip if faults are occurring often enough Configurable hyste
262. ower Unit VA Simple Network Time Protocol for LAN and WWW Trip circuit supervision Total harmonic distortion Voltage at input Uc at zero ohm earth fault Used in voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo Voltage input for U12 or Uti depending of the voltage measurement mode Voltage input for U23 or Urz depending of the voltage measurement mode Voltage input for Us or Uo depending of the voltage measurement mode Nominal voltage Rating of VT primary or secondary Coordinated Universal Time used to be called GMT Greenwich Mean Time Voltage transformer i e potential transformer PT Nominal primary value of voltage transformer Nominal secondary value of voltage transformer World wide web internet EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 253 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 11 Constructions Panel mounting VAMP200 Series 27 0 Semi flush VAMP200 Series amm b mm Fixing bracket VYX076 40 169 Standard for 200 series vyYxo77_ 60 149 Standard for 200 series VYX233 100 109 2x vyx199 21 0 28 0 181 0 27 0 a re aa p d 137 0 J i b a Semi flush Panel mounting VAMP E VM255 EN021 254 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230
263. oxe debtuticssandbiadiesaksaetcerievds 153 4 12 Analogue outputs OPTION i ciiciisicisanisatiorasernaiitannien 156 4 12 1 MA scaling esamples 0aaenaaaaenann aana neanannann anae 156 5 Control FUNCHONS asasaran gag GUNANING 158 5 1 OYIPDYTTEIANYS sasanak ak an agan aaa gas NG wae dada Gaga 158 5 2 Digtal NNPUTSE sasasi a tert Seon a aaa a ee Peni anaa e nana 159 5 3 Virtual inputs and OUTPUTS sssssesssesressesseererreesesessesreee 161 54 QUTOUT MAW sasana nasag anaa aana aaa aaa E ak Aa eba an 161 5 5 Blocking MATIX as io cpecaipa nah ussasancentweceelaatawedevitanstenses 162 5 6 Controllable Objects vs cicsaieericsdetadtcasusexisediestnatnedeetaies 163 5 6 1 Local Remote selection sccccssccccssessessersesceees 164 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 sssssssessssessesesssressesssssesss 165 5 8 MOOS fUNCHONS aires ute tasrtusesanvbsvernadewndgnediantesbistaacenicads 172 6 Communication sseeeeessessssssoseeessssssssseoceesssssssssoseceesssssso 173 6 1 COMMUNICATION POTS sssssssssessseseesessssereseesesesseserereeeese 173 6 1 1 Local port X4 laren ene Ne ee anana nee anana anan nean 174 6 1 2 REemMOoOlej porTKI aaaaaaaaaaaaaana nana enan anane ena 176 6 1 3 Extension port IA ceteris 177 VAMP E 2 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 6 1 4 Optional inbuilt ethernet Port ssscccesseceees
264. p contacts and alarm contacts is the DC breaking capacity See chapters 9 1 4 and 9 1 5 for details The contacts are SPST normal open type NO except alarm relays A1 A5 which have change over contacts SPDT Parameters of output relays Parameter Value Unit Description Note T1 Tn 0 Status of trip output relay F 1 Al A5 0 Status of alarm output relay F 1 IF Status of the internal fault F 0 indication relay 1 Force On Force flag for output relay Set Off forcing for test purposes This is a common flag for all output relays and protection stage status too Any forced relay s and this flag are automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout REMOTE PULSES Al Ab 0 00 99 98 s Pulse length for direct Set or output relay control via 99 99 communications protocols 99 99 s Infinite Release by writing 0 to the direct control parameter NAMES for OUTPUT RELAYS editable with VAMPSET only Description String of Names for DO on VAMPSET Set max 32 screens Default is characters Trip relay n or Alarm relay n Set An editable parameter password needed F Editable when force flag is on E VAR i 158 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 2 Digital inputs There are 6 digital inputs available for control purposes The polarity normal open NO
265. p of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type pu Fault type value Only for ArcI gt stage Flt pu Fault value Load pu Pre fault current Only for ArcI gt stage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 2 29 Inverse time operation The inverse time operation i e inverse delay minimum time IDMT type of operation is available for several protection functions The common principle formulae and graphic representations of the available inverse delay types are described in this chapter Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the measured real time process values during a fault For example with an overcurrent stage using inverse delay a bigger a fault current gives faster operation The alternative to inverse delay is definite delay With definite delay a preset time is used and the operation time does not depend on the size of a fault Stage specific inverse delay Some protection functions have their own specific type of inverse delay Details of these dedicated inverse delays are described with the appropriate protection function Operation modes There are three operation modes to use the inverse time characteristics e Standard delays Using standard delay characteristics by selecting a curve famil
266. perating time 0 1 2 40 x Ivor or In step 0 01 60 99 step 1 2 180 min step 1 1 0 10 0 xTau step 0 1 70 120 Imor step 1 50 100 Imor step 1 55 125 C step 1 0 95 5 or 1s VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Unbalance stage l2 gt 46 Setting range 2 70 step 1 Definite time characteristic operating time 1 0 600 0s s step 0 1 Inverse time characteristic 1 characteristic curve Inv time multiplier K 1 50 s step 1 upper limit for inverse time 1 000 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit Operate time 5 or 200 ms Incorrect phase sequence l2 gt gt 47 Setting 80 fixed Operating time lt 120 ms Reset time lt 105 ms Stage is blocked when motor has been running for 2 seconds Undercurrent protection stage I lt 37 Current setting range 20 70 Imone step 1 Definite time characteristic operating time 0 3 300 0s s step 0 1 Block limit 15 fixed Starting time Typically 200 ms Resetting time lt 450 ms Resetting ratio 1 05 Accuracy starting 2 of set value operating time 1 or 150 ms Unbalance broken line protection l2 li gt 46R
267. perational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Tocate Init In2t Ins Setting range Io gt gt 0 01 8 00 When Io or Ioz 0 05 20 0 When Iocanc Definite time function Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Peak mode 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz Operate time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts EEE VAP 242 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Directional intermittent transient earth fault stage lor gt 67NT Input selection for Io peak signal Io Connectors X1 7 amp 8 Io2 Connectors X1 9 amp 10 Io peak pick up level fixed 0 1 x Ion 50 Hz Uo pickup level 10 100 Uon Definite operating time 0 12 300 00 s step 0 02 Intermittent time 0 00 300 00 s step 0 02 Start time lt 60 ms Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio hysteresis for Uo 0 97 Inac
268. port the front panel connector when activated is still using the plain command line interface with the original speed parity etc For example if the rear panel local port is used for remote VAMPSET communication using SPA bus default 9600 7E1 it is possible to temporarily connect a PC with VAMPSET to the front panel connector with the default 38400 8N1 While the front panel connector is in use the rear panel local port is disabled The communication parameter display on the local display will show the active parameter values for the local port Physical interface The physical interface of this port is RS 232 EEE VAP 174 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set rear panel local port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SpaBus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last cl
269. pport phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Opening access 1 Push the INFO key and the ENTER key on the front panel ENTER PASSWORD A kk 0 v Figure 2 2 5 1 Opening the access level 2 Enter the password needed for the desired level the password can contain four digits The digits are supplied one by one by first moving to the position of the digit using the RIGHT key and then setting the desired digit value using the UP key 3 Push the ENTER key Password handling The passwords can only be changed using VAMPSET software connected to the local RS 232 port on the relay It is possible to restore the password s in case the password is lost or forgotten In order to restore the password s a relay program is needed The serial port settings are 38400 bps 8 data bits no parity and one stop bit The bit rate is configurable via the front panel Command Description get pwd_break Get the break code Example 6569403 get serno Get the serial number of the relay Example 12345 Send both the numbers to vampsupport vamp fi and ask for a password break A device specific break code is sent back to you That code will be valid for the next two weeks Command Description set pwd_break 4435876 Restore the factory default passwords 4435876 is just an example The actual code should be asked from VAMP Ltd
270. programmable stage 4 Prg5 3 5th programmable stage 4 Prg6 3 6th programmable stage 4 Prg7 3 7th programmable stage 4 Prg8 3 8th programmable stage 4 E VAR ie VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 13 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Operation and configuration VAMP Ltd Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus CBFP 3 Circuit breaker failure 50BF 4 protection CBWE 4 Circuit breaker wearing 4 supervision AR 15 Auto reclose 79 CTSV 1 CT supervisor 4 VTSV 1 VT supervisor 4 ArcI gt 4 Optional arc protection stage 50ARC 4 for phase to phase faults and delayed light signal ArcIo gt 3 Optional arc protection stage 50NARC 4 for earth faults Current input 101 Arclo2 gt 3 Optional arc protection stage 50NARC 4 for earth faults Current input 102 OBJ 11 Object definitions 5 Lgic 2 Status and counters of user s 1 logic CONF 10 2 Device setup scaling etc 6 Bus 13 Serial port and protocol 7 configuration Diag 6 Device selfdiagnosis Notes 1 Configuration is done with VAMPSET 2 Recording files are read with VAMPSET 3 The menu is visible only if protocol ExternallO is selected for one of the serial ports Serial ports are configured in menu Bus 4 The menu is visible only if the stage is enabled 5 Objects are circuit breakers disconnectors etc Their position or status can be displayed a
271. r Forward inductive power current is lagging current is lagging cos p PF Ss cos PF Po ind cap Forward capacitive power current is leading cos PF Reverse inductive power current is leading cos PF PQ_Quadrants Figure 4 9 2 Quadrants of power plane Table of power quadrants Power Current Power cos Power factor quadrant related to direction PF voltage inductive Lagging Forward capacitive Leading Forward inductive Leading Reverse capacitive Lagging Reverse EEE VAP 146 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 4 10 Symmetric components In a three phase system the voltage or current phasors may be divided in symmetric components according C L Fortescue 1918 The symmetric components are e Positive sequence 1 e Negative sequence 2 e Zero sequence 0 Symmetric components are calculated according the following equations So 1 1 I U S a a v where S la aw So Zero sequence component S _ positive sequence component n N negative sequence component V3 1 a 1Z120 E j 5 a phasor rotating constant U phasor of phase L1 phase current or line to neutral voltage V phasor of phase L2 W phasor of phase L3 In case the voltage measurement mode is 2LL U
272. r and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Example 2 Coupling Scaled minimum Scaled maximum Analogue output minimum value Analogue output maximum value Analogue A mAscaling_2 output mA 20 Une gt 15000 Vv Uline OV 15000 V 4 mA 20 mA Figure 4 12 1 2 Example of mA scaling for Uline the average of the line to line voltages At 0 V the transducer ouput is 4 mA at 15000 V the output is 20 mA Example 3 Coupling Scaled minimum Scaled maximum Analogue output minimum value Analogue output maximum value Q 2000 kVar 6000 kVar 4mA 20 mA Analogue y mAScaling_3 output mA 20 Q gt 2000 6000 kVar Figure 4 12 1 3 Example of mA scaling for bi directional power At 2000 kVar the transducer output is 4 mA at 0 kVar it is 8 mA and at 6000 kVar the output is 20 mA EEE VAP VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 157 VM255 EN021 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 5 Control functions 5 1 Output relays The output relays are also called digital outputs Any internal signal can be connected to the output relays using output matrix An output relay can be configured as latched or non latched See output matrix for more details NOTE If the device has the mA option it is equipped with only three alarm relays from A1 to A3 The difference between tri
273. r external adapters only 2 Options 7 RS 485 Gsolated Fibre optic Profibus X5 S Ethernet and TTL 1 REMOTE 2 a GND X4 LOCAL FRONT PANEL Figure 6 1 1 Communication ports and connectors By default the X5 is a D9S type connector with TTL interface The DSR signal from the front panel port selects the active connector for the RS232 local port By default the remote port has a TTL interface It can only be used together with external converters or converting cables Inbuilt options for RS 485 fibre optic plastic plastic plastic glass glass plastic or glass glass Profibus and Ethernet are available VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 173 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 6 1 1 Local port X4 The local port has two connectors e On the front panel e X4 the rear panel D9S pins 2 3 and 5 Only one can be used at a time NOTE The extension port is locating in the same X4 connector NOTE When the VX003 cable is inserted to the front panel connector it activates the front panel port and disables the rear panel local port by connecting the DTR pin 6 and DSR pin 4 together See Figure 6 1 1 Protocol for the local port The front panel port is always using the command line protocol for VAMPSET regardless of the selected protocol for the rear panel local port If other than None protocol is selected for the rear panel local
274. r or six independent undirectional earth fault overcurrent stages There are four separately adjustable earth fault stages Io gt Ip gt gt Io gt gt gt and Io gt gt gt gt The first stage Io gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation characteristic IDMT The other stages have definite time operation characteristic By using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50N operation is obtained Using the directional earth fault stages chapter 2 13 in undirectional mode two more stages with inverse operation time delay are available for undirectional earth fault protection Inverse operation time lo gt stage only Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the Io gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 29 The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 29 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by
275. r switches on and off every Tuesday Wednesday The timer switches on and off every Wednesday Thursday The timer switches on and off every Thursday Friday The timer switches on and off every Friday Saturday The timer switches on and off every Saturday Sunday The timer switches on and off every Sunday MTWTF The timer switches on and off every day except Saturdays and Sundays MTWTFS The timer switches on and off every day except Sundays SatSun The timer switches on and off every Saturday and Sunday Combined overcurrent status This function is collecting faults fault types and registered fault currents of all enabled overcurrent stages Line fault parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note IFltLas xImode Current of the latest Set overcurrent fault LINE ALARM AlrL1 Start alarm status for AlrL2 each phase AlrL3 0 O No start since alarm 1 ClrDly 1 Start is on OCs Combined overcurrent start status 0 AlrL1 AlrL2 AlrL3 0 1 AlrL1 1 orAlrL2 1 or AlrL3 1 EEE VAP 132 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 Parameter Value Unit Description Note LxAlarm On Off On Event enabling for AlrL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set LxAlarmOff On Off Off Event enabling for AlrL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disab
276. rage Time s Recording length Set PreTrig Amount of recording data Set before the trig moment MaxLen s Maximum time setting This value depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 109 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Status of recording Not active Run Waiting a triggering Trig Recording FULL Memory is full in saturated mode ManTrig Manual triggering Set Trig ReadyRec n m n Available recordings m maximum number of recordings The value of m depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length AddCh Add one channel Set Maximum simultaneous number of channels is 12 IL1 IL2 Phase current IL3 Tol Io2 Measured residual current U12 U23 Line to line voltage U31 UL1 UL2 Phase to neutral voltage UL3 Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q S Active reactive apparent power P F Power factor CosFii cos IoCalc Phasor sum Io 1L1 1L2 1L3 3 T1 Positive sequence current 12 Negative seguence current I2 11 Relative current unbalance 12 In Current unbalance xIan U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative voltage unbalance IL Average IL1 IL2 IL3 3 Uphase Average
277. ration time of the trip contacts The measurement range is up to 160 V This limits the maximum usable setting when rated VT secondary is more than 100 V Only in VAMP 255 230 EE VAP VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 245 VM255 EN021 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Undervoltage stages U lt U lt lt and U lt lt lt 27 Setting range 20 120 xUn Definite time function Operating time U lt 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s Operating time U lt lt and U lt lt lt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Undervoltage blocking 0 80 x Un Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time for U lt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time for U lt lt and U lt lt lt lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio hysteresis 1 001 1 200 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 Reset ratio Block limit 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy starting 3 of set value time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 Zero sequence voltage stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt 59N Zero sequence voltage setting range 1 60 Uon Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time
278. rent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt 6 2nd directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt 4 3rd directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt gt 4 Ath directional overcurrent 67 4 stage I lt 3 Undercurrent stage 37 4 12 gt 3 Current unbalance stage 46 4 T gt 3 Thermal overload stage 49 4 Uc gt 4 Capacitor O V stage 59C 4 Io gt 5 1st earth fault stage 50N 51N 4 Io gt gt 3 2nd earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 lo gt gt gt 3 3rd earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 Io gt gt gt gt 3 4th earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 Iog gt 6 1st directional earth fault stage 67N 4 Iog gt gt 6 2nd directional earth fault stage 67N 4 Toint gt 4 Transient intermittent E F 67NI 4 U gt 4 lst overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt 3 2nd overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt gt 3 3rd overvoltage stage 59 4 U lt 4 1st undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt 3 2nd undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt lt 3 3rd undervoltage stage 27 4 Uo gt 3 1st residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 Uo gt gt 3 2nd residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 P lt 3 1st reverse and underpower 32 4 stage P lt lt 3 2nd reverse and underpower 32 4 stage f gt lt 4 1st over under frequency stage 81 4 f gt gt lt lt 4 2nd over under frequency stage 81 4 f lt 4 1st underfrequency stage 81L 4 f lt lt 4 2nd underfrequency stage 81L 4 dfdt 3 Rate of change of frequency 81R 4 ROCOF stage Prg1 3 lst programmable stage 4 Prg2 3 2nd programmable stage 4 Prg3 3 3rd programmable stage 4 Prg4 3 4th
279. rent and the service factor k The temperature rise starts to approach value 110 At about 340 minutes the temperature rise is 100 and a trip follows Initial temperature rise after restart When the device is switched on an initial temperature rise of 70 is used Depending of the actual current the calculated temperature rise then starts to approach the final value EEE VAP 62 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Alarm function The thermal overload stage is provided with a separately settable alarm function When the alarm limit is reached the stage activates its start signal Temperature rise thermbeh overload max od eee MM fi yt ee 100 Oalarm Reset ratio 95 Op Settings T 30 minutes k 1 06 Oalarm 90 Tax k Tovertoap 1 05 I ax Time 100 min 200 min 300 min 400 min 500 min Figure 2 19 2 Example of the thermal model behaviour Parameters of the thermal overload stage T gt 49 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F Time hh mm ss Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatica
280. resis The dead band is 3 by default It means that an overvoltage fault is regarded as a fault until the voltage drops below 97 of the pick up setting In a sensitive alarm application a smaller hysteresis is needed For example if the pick up setting is about only 2 above the normal voltage level hysteresis must be less than 2 Otherwise the stage will not release after fault Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Figure 2 20 1 shows the functional block diagram of the overvoltage function stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt 3vus Blocking Setting Hysteresis Release Delay Enable U gt s elay events Figure 2 20 1 Block diagram of the three phase overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt Parameters of the overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 65 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameter Value Unit Description No
281. rget is that when the next synchronizing message is received the deviation is already near zero Parameters AAIntv and AvDrft will show the adapted correction time interval of this 1 ms auto adjust function Time drift correction without external sync If any external synchronizing source is not available and the system clock has a known steady drift it is possible to roughly correct the clock error by editing the parameters AAIntv and AvDrft The following equation can be used if the previous AAIntv value has been zero 604 8 AAIntv DriftInOneWeek If the auto adjust interval AAIntv has not been zero but further trimming is still needed the following equation can be used to calculate a new auto adjust interval 1 1 P DriftInOneWeek AANU previous 604 8 AAINtV yew The term DriftInOne Week 604 8 may be replaced with the relative drift multiplied by 1000 if some other period than one week has been used For example if the drift has been 37 seconds in 14 days the relative drift is 37 1000 14 24 3600 0 0306 ms s EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 127 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Example 1 If there has been no external sync and the device s clock is leading sixty one seconds a week and the parameter AAIntv has been zero the parameters are set as AvDrft Lead AAIntv Wi 9 95 With these parameter values the syst
282. ro 1 00x110 V3x11000 12000 58 2 V EEE VAP 154 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Per unit pu scaling of zero sequence voltage Zero sequence voltage Uo scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 3LN 2LL Uo 1LL Uo LLy U gt secondary gt U pu _e v 1 U t U U per unit U isie PU VT are 3 por unia U sec U py Uosec Ua U U 3 U py VT okc secondary Example 1 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Uosrc 110 V This is a configuration value corresponding to Uo at full earth fault Voltage connected to the device s input Uc is 22 V gt Per unit voltage is Upu 22 110 0 20 pu 20 Example 2 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 3 LN VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua is 66 V while Ua Ub 0 gt Per unit voltage is Uru 66 0 0 3x110 0 20 pu 20 Example 3 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Uossc 110 V This is a configuration value corresponding to Uo at full earth fault The device displays Uo 20 Secondary voltage at input Ucis Usec 0 20x110 22 V Example 4 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 The device displays Uo 20 If U U 0 then secondary voltages a
283. ruption counter and the total time are cleared for a new period The old previous values are overwritten The voltage interruption is based on the value of the positive sequence voltage U1 and a user given limit value Whenever the measured U goes below the limit the interruption counter is increased and the total time counter starts increasing EEE VAP a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 115 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Shortest recognized interruption time is 40 ms If the voltage off time is shorter it may be recognized depending on the relative depth of the voltage dip If the voltage has been significantly over the limit U1 lt and then there is a small and short under swing it will not be recognized Figure 3 5 1 Voltage U gt Time 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ms VoltageSag1 Figure 3 5 1 A short voltage interruption which is probably not recognized On the other hand if the limit Ui lt is high and the voltage has been near this limit and then there is a short but very deep dip it will be recognized Figure 3 5 2 Voltage U A U lt gt Time ms VoltageSag2 Figure 3 5 2 A short voltage interrupt that will be recognized Setting parameters of the voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Unit Default Description Ul lt 10 0 1
284. s Status ii U VOLT INTERRUPTS Voltage status LOW NORMAL Only in VAMP255 230 In VAMP 245 this value is found under main menu Meas instead of T In VAMP 245 this value is found at Meas Miscellaneous The depth of the window can be selected VAMP E VM255 ENO21 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 25 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration 3579 11 13 15 Figure 2 8 2 1 Example of harmonics bar display 2 3 3 Reading event register The event register can be read from the Evnt submenu 1 Push the RIGHT key once 2 The EVENT LIST appears The display contains a list of all the events that have been configured to be included in the event register event_list EVENT LIST lt Av Code 71E10 CB open timeout 2002 02 15 00 17 37 530 Figure 2 8 3 1 Example of an event register 3 Scroll through the event list with the UP and DOWN keys 4 Exit the event list by pushing the LEFT key It is possible to set the order in which the events are sorted If the Order parameter is set to New Old then the first event in the EVENT LIST is the most recent event EEE VAP 26 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration 2 3 4 Forced control Force In some menus it is possible to switch a signal on and off by using a force function This
285. s a known offset delay it can be compensated with SyOS setting This is useful for compensating hardware delays or transfer delays of communication protocols A positive value will compensate a lagging external sync and communication delays A negative value will compensate any leading offset of the external synch source EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 129 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Sync source When the device receives new sync message the sync source display is updated If no new sync messages are received within next 1 5 minutes the device will change to internal sync mode Deviation The time deviation means how much system clock time differs from sync source time Time deviation is calculated after recelving new sync message The filtered deviation means how much the system clock was really adjusted Filtering takes care of small errors in sync messages Auto lag lead The device synchronizes to the sync source meaning it starts automatically leading or lagging to stay in perfect sync with the master The learning process takes few days 3 11 Running hour counter This function calculates the total active time of the selected digital input virtual I O or output matrix output signal The resolution is ten seconds Running hour counter parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Runh 0 876000 h
286. s case the network is compensated Direction algorithm The function is sensitive to the instantaneous sampled values of the residual current and zero sequence voltage The selected voltage measurement mode has to include a direct Uo measurement lo pick up sensitivity The sampling time interval of the relay is 625 us at 50 Hz 32 samples cycle The Io current spikes can be quite short compared to this sampling interval Fortunately the current spikes in cable networks are high and while the anti alias filter of the relay is attenuates the amplitude the filter also makes the pulses wider Thus when the current pulses are high enough it is possible to detect pulses which have duration of less than twenty per cent of the sampling interval Although the measured amplitude can be only a fraction of the actual peak amplitude it doesn t disturb the direction detection because the algorithm is more sensitive to the sign and timing of the Io transient than sensitive to the absolute amplitude of the transient Thus a fixed value is used as a pick up level for the Io Co ordination with Uo gt back up protection Especially in a fully compensated situation the zero sequence voltage back up protection stage Uo gt for the bus may not release between consecutive faults and the Uo gt might finally do an unselective trip if the intermittent transient stage Ior gt doesn t operate fast enough The actual operation time of the Ior gt stage is v
287. shows a graphical solution The input values have been scaled with V3 100 to make the calculation easier FortescueEx3 Positive sequence U 2 3 aU 2 gt U taU Injected line to neutral voltages U 0 U 1 3 Figure 4 10 2 Example of symmetric component calculation using line to neutral voltages Unscaling the geometric results gives Ui 100 V3 x 2 3 38 5 Uz 100V3x 1 3 19 2 Us U1 1 3 2 3 50 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Many measurement values are shown as primary values although the device is connected to secondary signals Some measurement values are shown as relative values per unit or per cent Almost all pick up setting values are using relative scaling The scaling is done using the given CT VT in feeder mode and furthermore motor name plate values in motor mode The following scaling equations are useful when doing secondary testing EEE VAP 150 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 4 11 1 Current scaling NOTE The rated value of the device s current input 5 A 1A or 0 2 A does not have any effect in the scaling equations but it defines the measurement range and the maximum allowed continuous current See chapter 9 1 1 for details Primary and secondary scaling Current scaling CT pri secondary gt primary Ton Lare
288. slope 1 Hz s is steeper than the setting value 0 5 Hz s Setting parameters of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Default Description df dt 0 2 10 0 Hz s 5 0 df dt pick up setting t gt 0 14 10 0 s 0 50 df dt operational delay tMin gt 0 14 10 0 s 0 50 df dt minimum delay S_On Enabled z Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled 2 Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled 5 Enabled Trip off event Disabled EEE VAP 76 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP 255 245 230 2 25 Measured and recorded values of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Description Measured f Hz Frequency value df dt Hz s Frequency rate of change Recorded SCntr Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Fit Hz s Max rate of change fault value EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping Synchrocheck protection 25 The device includes a function that will check synchronism when the circuit breaker is closed The function will monitor voltage amplitude frequency and phase angle difference between two voltages Since there are two stages available it is possible to monitor three voltages The voltages can be busbar and line or busb
289. smission mode of the protocol is used and the device functions as a secondary station slave in the communication Data is transferred to the primary system using data acquisition by polling principle The IEC functionality includes the following application functions station initialization general interrogation clock synchronization and command transmission It is not possible to transfer parameter data or disturbance recordings via the IEC 103 protocol interface EEE VAP 182 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description The following ASDU Application Service Data Unit types will be used in communication from the device ASDU 1 time tagged message ASDU 3 Measurands I ASDU 5 Identification message ASDU 6 Time synchronization and ASDU 8 Termination of general interrogation The device will accept e ASDU 6 Time synchronization e ASDU 7 Initiation of general interrogation and e ASDU 20 General command The data in a message frame is identified by e type identification e function type and e information number These are fixed for data items in the compatible range of the protocol for example the trip of I gt function is identified by type identification 1 function type 160 and information number 90 Private range function types are used for such data items which are not defined by the standard e g th
290. ssssseeseee 127 3 11 RUNNIN hOUr COUN ET ssessssesesseerereesessesrrerersessssesrree 130 SEa AE EE E E E AEAEE 131 3 13 Combined Overcurrent STATUS sscccessccccessesssseenees 132 3 14 Self supervision aaneneaaeenaa an aean na anannn na nann nne ean nne ae nne 134 3 14 1 DIAgNOS CS aaa aaa aa eaaa aana ae anana nana e naen eee 134 3 15 Short circuit faulflocation aaa taeda esedestsunkeieds 136 4 Measurement fUNCTIONS scccccccecssssssssssecceceeeeeeees 138 4 1 Measurement ACCUICY ccccccscsssssssscerecsesccessesenseees 138 42 RMSINVGIUES ra daraaai napine gae aaa ngang d eaaa aaa aaa aed 139 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD 140 4 4 Demand ValUES a a aaa aaa aa ang naa E aa aaa ag E a e eaaa 141 4 5 MINIMUM and MAXIMUM valUes aaaaaaaa aa anan anana ae 141 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve MONS Anneni E EE EE akak a 142 4 7 Voltage measurement MOG sccccssccccessesssseenees 142 4 8 Power cdlculation eaaa anenen anae aana anan nana nane anane 144 4 9 Direction of power and CcUuMent aaaaaaaaenaaa aa anan ee 146 4 10 Symmetric componentis aaaaa aa aaananan anana anan nn ana ae 147 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling 00 150 4 11 1 CuUrrent scdling aaaaaaaaen pias aaaana anane aenana nane 151 4 11 2 VOltage SCOUT asicaestsoie cn tcirs b
291. t Ua is Usec 0 2x8x110 66 V EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 155 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 4 12 4 12 1 Analogue outputs option A device with the mA option has four configurable analogue outputs that take up two of the output relays A4 and A5 Thus a device with the mA option has two output relays less than the version without mA option The resolution of the analogue output is 12 bits resulting current steps less than 6 uA The output current range is configurable allowing e g the following ranges 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA More exotic ranges like 0 5 mA or 10 2 mA can be config ured freely as long as the boundary values are within 0 20 mA NOTE All positive poles X2 1 3 5 and 7 are internally connected together see figures in chapter 8 7 mA scaling examples In this chapter there are three example configurations of scaling the transducer mA outputs Example 1 Coupling IL Scaled minimum OA Scaled maximum 300 A Analogue output minimum value 0 mA Analogue output maximum value 20 mA geal A Rie mAScaling_1 20 IL gt 300 A Figure 4 12 1 1 Example of mA scaling tor IL average of the three phase currents At 0 A the transducer ouput is 0 mA at 300 A the output is 20 mA EEE VAP 156 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feede
292. t by a 5 minute timeout Value of the supervised signal ILmax Stage ArcI gt Tol Stage Arcloi gt 102 Stage Arclos gt EEE VAP 90 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note ArcI gt pu Pick up setting xIn Set Arclo1 gt pu Pick up setting xIoin Arclo2 gt pu Pick up setting xIo2n ArcIn Light indication source Set selection S1 No sensor selected S2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S1 92 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 BI S1 BI Terminals X6 1 3 S2 BI S1 S2 BI Delayed light signal output Ldly s Delay for delayed light output Set signal LdlyCn Light indication source Set selection S1 No sensor selected S2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S1 92 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 BI S1 BI Terminals X6 1 3 S2 BI S1 S2 BI For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault value load current before the fault and elapsed delay Recorded values of the arc protection stages Arcl gt ArcloiA Arclo2 gt 50ARC 50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stam
293. tage is supervising e Status Status of the stage This is just a copy of the status value in the first menu e I gt gt 1013A The pick up limit is 1013 A in primary value e gt gt 2 50xIn The pick up limit is 2 50 times the rated current of the generator This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 e t gt gt 0 60s The total operation delay is set to 600 ms This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator EEE VAP 16 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Third menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage third menu AV lt II gt gt LOG 50 51 FAULT LOG 1 ExDI 2006 09 14 ExDO 12 25 10 288 Prot Type 1 2 Fit 2 86xIn Load 0 99xiIn EDly 81 Figure 2 2 2 8 Third and last menu next on the right of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the menu for registered values by the I gt gt stage Fault logs are explained in chapter 2 2 4 e FAULT LOG 1 This is the latest of the eight available logs You may move between the logs by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT e 2006 09 14 Date of the log e 12 25 10 288 Time of the log e Type 1 2 The overcurrent fault has been detected in phases L1 and L2 A amp B red amp yellow R amp S u amp v e Fit 2 86xIn The fault current has been 2 86 per unit
294. te SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Umax V The supervised value Max of U12 U23 and U31 U gt U gt gt V Pick up value scaled to U gt gt gt primary value U gt U gt gt Un_ Pick up setting relative to Un Set U gt gt gt t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set t gt gt gt RlsDly s Release delay U gt stage only Set Hyster 3 Dead band size i e hysteresis Set default For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the overvoltage stages 8 latest faults U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Maximum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 V A 2 66 VAMP 24h
295. ter which when activated allows forcing the status of any protection stage to be start or trip for a half second By using this forcing feature any current or voltage injection to the device is not necessary to check the output matrix configuration to check the wiring from the output relays to the circuit breaker and also to check that communication protocols are correctly transferring event information to a SCADA system After testing the force flag will automatically reset 5 minute after the last local panel push button activity The force flag also enables forcing of the output relays and forcing the optional mA outputs Start and trip signals Every protection stage has two internal binary output signals start and trip The start signal is issued when a fault has been detected The trip signal is issued after the configured operation delay unless the fault disappears before the end of the delay time Output matrix Using the output matrix the user connects the internal start and trip signals to the output relays and indicators For more details see chapter 5 4 Blocking Any protection function except arc protection can be blocked with internal and external signals using the block matrix chapter 5 5 Internal signals are for example logic outputs and start and trip signals from other stages and external signals are for example digital and virtual inputs Some protection stages have also inbuilt blocking functions For
296. than the rated input but the measurement accuracy near zero current will decrease MOTOR CURRENT e Rated current of the motor VOLTAGE SCALING Rated VT primary voltage Uprim Rated VT secondary voltage Usec Rated Uo VT secondary voltage Uosec Voltage measuring mode Umode UNITS FOR MIMIC DISPLAY e Unit for voltages V The choices are V volt or kV kilovolt e Scaling for active reactive and apparent power Power The choices are k for kW kvar and kVA or M for MW Mvar and MVA DEVICE INFO Manager type Type VAMP 2XX Serial number SerN Software version PrgVer Bootcode version BootVer DATE TIME SETUP e Day month and year Date e Time of day Time e Date format Style The choices are yyyy mm dd dd nn yyyy and mm dd yyyy CLOCK SYNCHRONISATION e Digital input for minute sync pulse SyncDI If any digital input is not used for synchronization select Daylight saving time for NTP synchronization DST Detected source of synchronization SyScr Synchronization message counter MsgCnt Latest synchronization deviation Dev EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 33 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Operation and configuration The following parameters are visible only when the access level is higher than User e Offset i e constant error of the synchronization source SyOS e Auto adjust interval AAIntv e Averag
297. the Ior gt stage itself is not used to initiate any AR For transient faults the AR will not help because the fault phenomena itself already includes repeating self extinguishing Intermittent time Single transient faults make the protection to pick up but will not cause trip if the stage has time to release between to successive faults When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new fault happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip A single transient fault is enough to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms For example if the operating time is 140 ms and the time between two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting then the seventh peak will cause a trip Figure 2 15 3 Operation time setting and the actual operation time When the algorithm detects the direction of the fault outwards from the bus the stage picks up and the operation delay counter is incremented with 20 ms and a start signal is issued If the time between successive faults is less than 40 ms a trip signal is issued when the operation time is full EEE VAP 46 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description When the time between successive faults is more than 40 ms the stage wi
298. the circuit breaker e Both inputs are configured as normal closed NC e The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed e The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching Both digital inputs must have their own common potential VAMP 255 terminal trip circuit failure alarm Digital inputs Trip relay Alarm relay for trip circuit failure relay compartment circuit breaker compartment 1 OPEN COIL f i N ux CLOSE COIL Figure 7 5 2 1 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs EEE VAP 194 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view 8 1 1 VAMP 255 VO90XAA 2 4 6 8 10 12 va 14 16 18 20 VAMP255BACK v itll sy ee a a 4 a a s S 5 2 2 82 ag 6 NK N H Nioft mlol nlola SljofNi
299. the following measuring and control connections Terminal X1 left side ON No Symbol Description j E 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 3 S 3 IL2 S1 Phase current L2 S1 i g 5 IL3 S1 Phase current L3 S1 5 g 7 Io1 1A S1 Residual current Io1 S1 5 g 9 102 5A S1 Residual current Io2 S1 m g 11 Ua See Chapter 4 7 i3 e 13 Ub See Chapter 4 7 15 B 15 7 g 17 Uc See Chapter 4 7 19 amp 19 o Terminal X1 right side ON No Symbol Description l2 2 IL1 S2 Phase current L1 S2 al 4 1L2 S2 Phase current L2 S2 D le 6 IL3G2 Phase current L3 S2 lel 8 Io1 1A S2 Residual current Io1 S2 d Jho 10 1o2 5A S2 Residual current Io2 S2 Q 12 12 Ua See Chapter 4 7 D 14 14 Ub See Chapter 4 7 gt 16 16 sii 2 18 18 Uc See Chapter 4 7 Q 20 20 oie NO EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 197 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Terminal X2 No Symbol Description 1 9 1 21 2 31 3 41 4 511 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7 amp 7 A4 Alarm re
300. time BIN 10 ms BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 80 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms Arc protection stage Arclo gt 50AR option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI 1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 80 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms Arc protection stage Arclo2 gt 50AR option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 S1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI 1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 80 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 249 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 9 4 Supporting functions 9 4 1 Inrush current detection 68 Settings Setting range 2 Harmonic 10
301. ting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection lor gt 67NT NOTE This function is available only in voltage measurement modes which include direct U0 measurement like for example 2Ui Uo but not for example in mode 3U n The directional intermittent transient earth fault protection is used to detect short intermittent transient faults in compensated cable networks The transient faults are self extinguished at some zero crossing of the transient part of the fault current Irauit and the fault duration is typically only 0 1 ms 1 ms Such short intermittent faults can not be correctly recognized by normal directional earth fault function using only the fundamental frequency components of Io and Uo Although a single transient fault usually self extinguishes within less than one millisecond in most cases a new fault happens when the phase to earth voltage of the faulty phase has recovered Figure 2 15 1 1 The voltage measurement modes are described in a separate chapter EEE VAP 44 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description EF transientFig3 0 50 100 150 200 Time ms Figure 2 15 1 Typical phase to earth voltages residual current of the faulty feeder and the zero sequence voltage Uo during two transient earth faults in phase L1 In thi
302. ting values are relative to the VTO secondary voltage defined in configuration NOTE The Uo signal must be connected according the connection diagram Figure 8 9 1 1 in order to get a correct polarization Please note that actually the negative Uo Uo is to be connected to the device Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt Both stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic The zero sequence voltage function comprises two separately adjust table zero sequence voltage stages stage Uo gt and Uo gt gt Setting groups There are two settings groups available for both stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually U0sblock Blocking Setting Release Delay Enable Uo gt s delay events Figure 2 18 1 Block diagram of the zero sequence voltage stages Up gt and Uo gt gt VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 59 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Technical description VAMP Ltd Parameters of the residual overvoltage stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital sign
303. tion Optional hardware is required There is a free of charge PC program called VAMPSET available for configuration and setting of VAMP relays Please download the latest VAMPSET exe from our web page www vamp fi For more information about the VAMPSET software please refer to the user s manual with the code VMV ENOxx Also the VAMPSET user s manual is available at our web site EEE VAP 38 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Table of Contents 1 TATOQUGH OM ss isan aa KANAAN NG AANE NANANG eg Aa Ka 5 1 1 Malin fedftures 0aaonaanan tas Addy anana nana anana nenen an anane nene 6 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques 7 2 Protection functions siccissssecassvevssesesisneseesnseepsecevesainenvaraseenses 9 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one 10 0 010 L110 a eRe ee en ne ae eee ee OT ae ere anana 9 2 2 General features of Protection STAGES cccccesseeceeees 9 2 9 Listo TUNCHONS asana Na ANNA a a ANGE Na Ka ana 13 2 4 FUNCTION CEPENCENCIES cccccsssessesrersecccecessesssneeeeess 15 2 4 1 Application MOOG S sasccssctss east casctdaidasatiud nananann anana nene 15 2 4 2 Current protection function dependencie 15 2 5 Overcurrent stage l gt 50 51 sicicriveessntacvenivsinssicratconerneret 15 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection ldir gt 67
304. tion Set Cont Continuous mode Reqst Request mode bit s 2400 bps Communication speed from the main CPU to the Profibus converter The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s Emode Event numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems InBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 1 3 Rx buffer data to the master OutBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 2 3 Tx buffer data from the master Addr 1 247 This address has to be Set unique within the Profibus network system Conv Converter type No converter recognized 4 VE Converter type VE is recognized Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data item to be send to the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 2 In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data to be read from the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 3 When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The device calculates the lengths according the Profibus data and profile configuration and the values define the in out module to be configured for the Profibus master 4 If the value is Profibus protoco
305. tive zero sequence voltage Uois used for polarization i e the angle reference for Io This Uo voltage is measured via energizing input Uoor it is calculated from the phase voltages internally depending on the selected voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 e LN the zero sequence voltage is calculated from the phase voltages and therefore any separate zero sequence voltage transformers are not needed The setting values are relative to the configured voltage transformer VT voltage V3 e LL Upo The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage transformer s for example using a broken delta connection The setting values are relative to the VTo secondary voltage defined in configuration NOTE The Uo signal must be connected according the connection diagram Figure 8 9 1 1 in order to get a correct polarization Please note that actually the negative Uo Uo is connected to the device Modes for different network types The available modes are e ResCap This mode consists of two sub modes Res and Cap A digital signal can be used to dynamically switch between these two sub modes This feature can be used with compensated networks when the Petersen coil is temporarily switched off o Res The stage is sensitive to the resistive component of the selected Io signal This mode is used with compensated networks resonant grounding and networks earthed with a high resistance Compensation is usually done with a Petersen coil
306. to DI6 20 or it can be a start or trip signal from a protection stage or an output signal from the user s programmable logic In the block matrix Figure 5 5 1 an active blocking is indicated with a black dot in the crossing point of a blocking signal and the signal to be blocked In VAMP 230 255 display shows 20 DI even only 6 of them are available Digital input 19 amp 20 are only available with DI19 DI20 option Output_matrix Output relays Operation LILALILILILILILA indicators Stage Digital Inputs Block matrix fo Relay matrix Reset all latches Figure 5 5 1 Blocking matrix and output matrix Vaasa Electronics Group VAM a 162 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO21 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 5 6 Controllable objects The device allows controlling of six objects that is circuit breakers disconnectors and earthing switches Controlling can be done by select execute or direct control principle The logic functions can be used to configure interlocking for a safe controlling before the output pulse is issued The objects 1 6 are controllable while the objects 7 8 are only able to show the status Controlling is possible by the following ways o through the local HMI o through a remote communication o through a digital input The connection of an object to specific output relays is done via an output matrix object 1 6
307. to the voltage selection The following signals of the both stages are available in the output matrix and the logic Request OK and Fail The request signal is active when a request has received but the breaker is not yet closed The OK signal is active when the synchronising conditions are met or the voltage check criterion is met The fail signal is activated if the function fails to close the breaker within the request timeout setting See below the figure object close command gived mimic or bus request go down when actually make only sync request real object close is requested SYNC REQUEST SYNC OK OBJECT CLOSE COMMAND L A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i y Synchronizing time if timeout happen Sync_Fail signal activates Timeout defined in synchrocheck Normal object close operation Figure 2 25 1 The principle of the synchrocheck function Please note that the control pulse of the selected object should be long enough For example if the voltages are in opposite direction the synchronising conditions are met after several seconds Obj close gt Synchrocheck gt Object cs command j v Sync_Fail signal Object_Fail signal if if sync timeout real object control fail happen Time settings Synchrocheck Max synchronize time seconds Object Max object control pulse len 200ms Figure 2 25
308. tput matrix Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday not in use Daily LF a oa at oa a Monday _ TT Tuesday lt S PO Wednesday Thursday LI Friday LJ Saturday Lf Sunday OOOO TT MTWTF La aoa MTWTFS Fa aoa SatSun aif ii Figure 3 12 1 Timer output sequence in different modes The user can force any timer which is in use on or off The forcing is done by writing a new status value No forcing flag is needed as in forcing i e the output relays The forced time is valid until the next forcing or until the next reversing timed act from the timer itself The status of each timer is stored in non volatile memory when the auxiliary power is switched off At start up the status of each timer is recovered EEE V A VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 131 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 3 13 Setting parameters of timers Parameter Value Description TimerN Timer status Not in use 0 Output is inactive 1 Output is active On hh mm ss Activation time of the timer Off hh mm ss De activation time of the timer Mode For each four timers there are 12 different modes available The timer is off and not running The output is off i e 0 all the time Daily The timer switches on and off once every day Monday The timer switches on and off every Monday Tuesday The time
309. trix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of the output matrix setting group control is possible By setting the Pickupf2 parameter for Ifs I to zero the inrush signal will behave equally with the cold load pick up signal Application for inrush current detection The inrush current of transformers usually exceeds the pick up setting of sensitive overcurrent stages and contains a lot of even harmonics Right after closing a circuit breaker the pick up and tripping of sensitive overcurrent stages can be avoided by selecting a more coarse setting group for the appropriate over current stage with inrush detect signal It is also possible to use the detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time EE VAP 112 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description e dhik bah A Ka Sees E Idle Cold load No activation because the current has not been under the set Ide current Current dropped under the Iae current level but now it stays between the Iae current and the pick up current for over 80ms No activation because the phase two lasted longer than 80ms Now we have a cold load activation which lasts as long as the operation time was set or as long as the current stays above the pick up setting Figure 3 3 1 Functionality of cold load inrush current feature Parameters o
310. tting the average slope exceeds the setting 0 5 Hz s and a trip signal 1s generated Description of ROCOF implementation The ROCOF function is sensitive to the absolute average value of the time derivate of the measured frequency df dt Whenever the measured frequency slope df dt exceeds the setting value for 80 ms time the ROCOF stage picks up and issues a start signal after an additional 60 ms delay If the average df dt since the pick up moment still exceeds the setting when the operation delay time has elapsed a trip signal is issued In this definite time mode the second delay parameter minimum delay tmin must be equal to the operation delay parameter t If the frequency is stable for about 80 ms and the time t has already elapsed without a trip the stage will release ROCOF and frequency over and under stages One difference between over under frequency and df dt function is the speed In many cases a df dt function can predict an overfrequency or underfrequency situation and is thus faster than a simple overfrequency or underfrequency function However in most cases a standard overfrequency and underfrequency stages must be used together with ROCOF to ensure tripping also in case the frequency drift is slower than the slope setting of ROCOF Definite operation time characteristics Figure 2 24 1 shows an example where the df dt pick up value is 0 5 Hz s and the delay settings are t 0 60 s and tmin 0 60 s
311. ually Parameters of the under voltage stages U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 10r2 Active setting group Set Digital signal to select the Set SGrpDI active setting group 7 None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout EEE VAP 68 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note MinU V The supervised minimum of line to line voltages in primary volts U lt U lt lt V Pick up value scaled to U lt lt lt primary value U lt U lt lt Un Pick up setting Set U lt lt lt t lt t lt lt S Definite operation time Set t lt lt lt LVBIk Un_ Low limit for self blocking Set RlsDly S Release delay U lt stage only Set Hyster Default Dead band setting Set 3 0 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Re
312. uency ROCOF or df dt function is used for fast load shedding to speed up operation time in over and under frequency situations and to detect loss of grid For example a centralized dedicated load shedding relay can be omitted and replaced with distributed load shedding if all outgoing feeders are equipped with VAMP devices A special application for ROCOF is to detect loss of grid loss of mains islanding The more the remaining load differs from the load before the loss of grid the better the ROCOF function detects the situation Frequency behaviour during load switching Load switching and fault situations may generate change in frequency A load drop may increase the frequency and increasing load may decrease the frequency at least for a while The frequency may also oscillate after the initial change After a while the control system of any local generator may drive the frequency back to the original value However in case of a heavy short circuit fault or in case the new load exceeds the generating capacity the average frequency keeps on decreasing EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 73 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description FREQUENCY ROCOFI v3 Hz A 50 0 Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s a t 0 60s Os tMin 0 60s 49 7 START TRIP I Figure 2 24 1 An example of definite time dt dt operation time At 0 6 s which is the delay se
313. ulse counter input 3 Reactive imported _ energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 4 e _pulseconf2 Figure 3 9 3 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and using an external wetting voltage VAMP device Active exported 4 Pulse counter input 1 energy pulses Reactive exported i a Pulse counter input 2 energy pulses Active imported _ energy pulses Pulse counter input 3 Reactive imported __ energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 4 e_pulseconf3 Figure 3 9 4 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and an internal wetting voltage EEE VAP 126 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description 3 10 System clock and synchronization The internal clock of the device is used to time stamp events and disturbance recordings The system clock should be externally synchronised to get comparable event time stamps for all the relays in the system The synchronizing is based on the difference of the internal time and the synchronising message or pulse This deviation is filtered and the internal time is corrected softly towards a zero deviation Adapting auto adjust During tens of hours of synchronizing the device will learn its average error and starts to make small corrections by itself The ta
314. urrent L2 S2 A 6 8 IL3 S2 Phase current L3 S2 gt 8 101 1A S2 Residual current Io1 S2 lho 10 Io2 5A S2 Residual current Io2 S2 70 22__ Ua See Chapter 4 7 Q iA 14 Ub See Chapter 4 7 Iel 26 PN os 18 Uc See Chapter 4 7 a 20 NO Nasa rjecnoner rna VAP 208 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Terminal X2 No Symbol Description 11 1 212 2 39 3 4 4 5 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6l 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7118 7 A4 Alarm relay 4 8l 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 9 O 9 s WO 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector u 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 161 16 IFCOM Internal fault relay common connector 171 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 O0 18 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X2 with analog output
315. useful in applications where the contact signals are not potential free For example trip circuit supervision is such application The inputs are connected to terminals X6 1 X6 2 and X6 3 X6 4 Connections X6 1 DI19 X6 2 DI19 X6 3 DI20 X6 4 DI20 X6 5 NC X6 6 L X6 7 L EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 215 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 6 1 External LED module VAM 16D The optional external VAM 16D led module provides 16 extra led indicators in external casing Module is connected to the serial port of the device s front panel Please refer the User manual VAM 16 D VM16D ENxxx for details 8 6 2 External input output module The device supports an optional external input output modules sed to extend the number of digital inputs and outputs Also modules for analogue inputs and outputs are available The following types of devices are supported e Analog input modules RTD e Analog output modules mA output e Binary input output modules EXTENSION port is primarily designed for IO modules This port is found in the LOCAL connector of the device backplane and IO devices should be connected to the port with VSE003 adapter NOTE If ExternallO protocol is not selected to any communication port VAMPSET doesn t display the menus required for configuring the IO devices After changing EX
316. value of zerosequence CURRENTS residual current Io A 102 SYMMETRIC Primary value of zero CURRENTS sequence residual current Io2 A IoC T SYMMETRIC Calculated Io A CURRENTS I1 I SYMMETRIC Positive sequence current A CURRENTS I2 I SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current A CURRENTS 12 11 USYMMETRIC Negative sequence current related to CURRENTS positive sequence current for unbalance protection THDIL I HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of phase currents THDIL1 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL1 THDIL2 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL2 THDIL3 VHARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL3 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL1 Harmonics of phase current IL1 See Figure 2 3 2 1 VAMP E 24 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers Operation and configuration VAMP 255 245 230 Value Menu Submenu Description Diagram I HARMONICS of IL2 Harmonics of phase current IL2 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL3 Harmonics of phase current IL3 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Uline ka U LINE VOLTAGES Average value for the three line voltages V U12 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase
317. ve imported energy Eq 10 10000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive imported energy E PULSE E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active DURATION exported energy Eqt 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive exported energy E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active imported energy Eq 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive imported energy EE VAP 124 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Scaling examples Example 1 Average active exported power is 250 MW Peak active exported power is 400 MW Pulse size is 250 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 250 0 250 1000 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 400 0 250 1600 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1600 0 2 2 0 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x10 1000 h 6 a This is not a practical scaling example unless an output relay lifetime of about six years is accepted Example 2 Average active exported power is 100 MW Peak active exported power is 800 MW Pulse size is 400 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 100 0 400 250 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 800 0 400 2000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 2000 0 2 1 6 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x109 250 h 23 a Example 3 Average active exported power is 20 MW Peak active exported
318. verse time delay t gt is more than tmin gt minimum operating time tmin gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s Starting time 140 ms Reset time t gt Inaccuracy starting 0 1 Hz s operating time overshoot gt 0 2 Hz s 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 EE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 247 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description 9 3 6 Power protection Reverse power and under power stages P lt P lt lt 32 Pick up setting range 200 0 200 0 Pm Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 500 ms Reset ratio 1 05 Inaccuracy Starting 3 of set value or 0 5 of rated value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 150 ms Only in VAMP 255 230 NOTE When pick up setting is 1 200 an internal block will be activated if max voliage of all phases drops below 5 of rated 9 3 7 Synchrocheck function NOTE This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Sync mode Off ASync Sync Voltage check mode DD DL LD DD DL DD LD DL LD DD DL LD CB closing time 0 04 0 6 s Udead limit setting 10 120 Un Ul
319. voltage signals In VAMP 245 is measured from current signals Measuring range 16 Hz 75 Hz Inaccuracy 10 mHz Power measurements P Q S only in VAMP 255 230 Inaccuracy IPF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 VAseEc The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Power factor Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 0 02 unit The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Energy counters E Eqt E Eq Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 Whsecondary 1 h The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz THD and harmonics Inaccuracy I U gt 0 1 PU 2 units Update rate Once a second The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Transducer mA outputs The transducer outputs are optional see chapter 12 Inaccuracy 20 A the error of the linked value Response time dead time 250 ms time constant t 50 ms RMS values RMS currents The device calculates the RMS value of each phase current The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 2 i f la I aed fis EE VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 139 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description 4 3 RMS voltages The device calculates the RMS value of each voltage input The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 U ing YU px U
320. ware version P 14 Power measurements E 4 Energy measurements I 13 Current measurements U 15 Voltage measurements Dema 15 Demand values Umax 5 Time stamped min amp max of voltages Imax 9 Time stamped min amp max of currents Pmax 5 Time stamped min amp max of power and frequency Mont 21 Maximum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months Evnt 2 Events DR 2 Disturbance recorder 2 Runh 2 Running hour counter Active time of a selected digital input and time stamps of the latest start and stop TIMR 6 Day and week timers DI 5 Digital inputs including virtual inputs DO 4 Digital outputs relays and output matrix ExtAI 3 External analogue inputs 3 ExDI 3 External digital inputs 3 ExDO 3 External digital outputs 3 Prot 27 Protection counters combined overcurrent status protection status protection enabling cold load and inrush detectionIf2 gt and block matrix I gt 5 1st overcurrent stage 50 51 4 P gt 3 2nd overcurrent stage 50 51 4 EE VAR ie 12 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Operation and configuration Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus gt gt gt 3 3rd overcurrent stage 50 51 4 Ig gt 6 1st directional overcur
321. ween phases A and B is 50 uF and the equivalent phase to neutral capacitance is 100 uF which value is also used as the setting value EEE VAP a VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 55 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Lid Technical description Overvoltage and reactive power calculation example The capacitor bank is built of three separate 100 uF capacitors connected in wye Y The rated voltage of the capacitors is 8000 V the measured frequency is 50 04 Hz and the rated frequency is 50 Hz The measured fundamental frequency current of phase L1 is Ini 181A and the measured relative 214 harmonic is 2 3 62 A and the measured relative 3 d harmonic is 7 12 67 A and the measured relative 5th harmonic is 5 9 05A According equation 4 the line to star point capacitance is Csrr 100 uF see Figure 2 17 1 The rated power will be Equation 2 17 3 Qn 2011 kvar According equation 2 the reactance will be X 1 2n x 50 04 x 100 10 31 806 Q According Equation 2 17 1 a pure fundamental voltage Uc having equal peak value than the highest possible voltage with corresponding harmonic content than the measured reactive capacitor currents will be Ucii 31 806 181 1 3 62 2 12 67 3 9 05 5 6006 V And in per unit values Ucu 6006 8000 0 75 pu The phases L2 and L3 are calculated similarly The highest value of the three will be compared against the pick up setting
322. ximum S values Clear Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve months Some maximum and minimum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months are stored in the non volatile memory of the device Corresponding time stamps are stored for the last 31 days The registered values are listed in the following table Measurement Max Min Description IL1 IL2 IL3 X Phase current fundamental frequency value Io1 102 X Residual current S X Apparent power P X X Active power Q X X Reactive power The value can be a one cycle value or an average according parameter Timebase Parameters of the day and month registers Parameter Value Description Set Timebase Parameter to select the type of the S registered values 20ms Collect min amp max of one cycle values 9 200 ms Collect min amp max of 200 ms average 1s values 1min Collect min amp max of 1 s average values Collect min amp max of 1 minute average demand values Collect min amp max of demand values see chapter 4 4 ResetDays Reset the 31 day registers S ResetMon Reset the 12 month registers S This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 20 ms Voltage measurement mode Depending on the application and available voltage transformers the device can be connected either to line to line voltages or phase to ground voltages Th
323. ximum fault current Load xImode 1 s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection ldir gt 67 Directional overcurrent protection can be used for directional short circuit protection Typical applications are e Short circuit protection of two parallel cables or overhead lines in a radial network e Short circuit protection of a looped network with single feeding point e Short circuit protection of a two way feeder which usually supplies loads but is used in special cases as an incoming feeder e Directional earth fault protection in low impedance earthed networks Please note that in this case the device has to EEE VAP VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description connected to line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages In other words the voltage measurement mode has to be 3LN See chapter 4 7 The stages are sensitive to the amplitude of the highest fundamental frequency current of the three measured phase currents The phase angle is based on the phase angle of the three phase power phasor For details of power direction see chapter 4 9 A typical characteristic is shown in Figure 2 6 1 The base angle setting is 30 The stage will pick up if the tip of the three phas
324. y IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI and a delay type Normal inverse Very inverse etc See chapter 2 29 e Standard delay formulae with free parameters Selecting a curve family IEC IEEE IEEE2 and defining one s own parameters for the selected delay formula This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function parameters A E See chapter 2 29 2 e Fully programmable inverse delay characteristics Building the characteristics by setting 16 current time points The relay interpolates the values between given points with 2nd degree polynomials This mode is activated by setting curve family to PrgN There are maximum three different programmable curves available at the same time Each programmed curve can be used by any number of protection stages See chapter 2 29 3 Local panel graph The device will show a graph of the currently used inverse delay on the local panel display Up and down keys can be used for zooming Also the delays at 20xIsrr 4xIser and 2xIser are shown EEE VAP 92 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description Inverse time setting error signal If there are any errors in the inverse delay configuration the appropriate protection stage will use definite time delay There is a signal Setting Error available in output matrix which indicates three different situatio
325. y and low impedance earthed networks Iocaic Ini Ina Its 310 Additionally the stage Io gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect short restriking intermittent earth faults e IoiPeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 e TozPeak to measure the peak value of input Ioe Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start to pick up but will not cause trip When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting The mode should be Undir The phase angle detection of Io in directional mode is insecure When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip By using input signals Io1Peak OF Io2Peak a single one millisecond current peak is enough to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms For example if the operating time is 120 ms and the time between EEE VAP 34 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN021 VAMP Lid Feeder and motor managers VAMP 255 245 230 Technical description two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting the sixth peak will cause a trip Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages I gt and Ig gt gt Both the stages can be configured for definite time delay DT or inverse time delay operation time
326. z DT Definite time K NI1 Normal inverse X X VI Very inverse K K K EI Extremely inverse K K K LTI Long time inverse K X LTEI Long time extremely inverse X LTVI Long time very inverse X MI Moderately inverse X X STI Short time inverse X STEI Short time extremely inverse X RI Old ASEA type X RXIDG Old ASEA type X IEC inverse time operation The operation time depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 29 1 1 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage E VAR i VM255 EN021 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 95 VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers VAMP Ltd Technical description Equation 2 29 1 1 t Operation delay in seconds k Users multiplier I Measured value Ipickup Users pick up setting A B Constants parameters according Table 2 29 1 2 There are three different delay types according IEC 60255 3 Normal inverse NI Extremely inverse EI Very inverse VI and a VI extension Additional there is a de facto standard Long time inverse LT Table 2 29 1 2 Constants for IEC inverse delay equation Parameter Delay type A B NI Normal inverse 0 14 0 02 EI Extremely inverse 80 VI Very inverse 13 5 LTI Long time inverse 120 1 Example for Delay type Normal inverse NI

VAMP 255/245/230

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents